summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/59920-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '59920-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--59920-0.txt6656
1 files changed, 6656 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/59920-0.txt b/59920-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f329d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/59920-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6656 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 59920 ***
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Cover art]
+
+
+
+
+[Frontispiece: "_The Deputy Supervisor revealed to them the thrilling
+difference between a peach and an apple_." FRONTISPIECE. _See p._ 297]
+
+
+
+
+ The Little Gods
+
+ A Masque of the Far East
+
+
+ BY
+
+ ROWLAND THOMAS
+
+
+ Illustrated by Charles Sarka
+
+
+
+ BOSTON
+ LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY
+ 1909
+
+
+
+
+ _Copyright, 1907, by The Ridgway Company._
+ _Copyright, 1905, 1906, 1907, 1908, by P. F. Collier & Son._
+ _Copyright, 1909, by Little, Brown, and Company._
+
+ _All rights reserved_
+
+
+
+ Published March, 1909.
+ Second Impression.
+
+
+
+ Electrotyped and Printed at
+ THE COLONIAL PRESS:
+ C. H. Simonds & Co., Boston, U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+To
+
+MY MOTHER AND MY FATHER
+
+
+
+
+The author acknowledges the courtesy of the publishers of _Collier's_
+and _Everybody's Magazine_ in granting him permission to reprint the
+stories which appeared in those magazines.
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS
+
+ Prologue. The Little Gods
+
+ Chapter I. Fagan
+ " II. God's Little Devils
+ " III. The Little Man
+ " IV. A Little Ripple of Patriotism
+ " V. The Superfalous Man
+ " VI. The Valley Of Sunshine and Shadow
+ " VII. What Okimi Learned
+ " VIII. Where There Is No Turning
+ " IX. An Optimist
+ " X. This Fortune
+ " XI. McGennis's Promotion
+ Epilogue
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+"The Deputy Supervisor revealed to them the thrilling difference
+between a peach and an apple" (_McGennis's promotion_) . . .
+Frontispiece
+
+"All I wanted was a fayah show"
+
+Fagan and Patricia
+
+"_Adiós_, Señor Don Augusto"
+
+"Fought with--dishes and--knives and forks"
+
+"Dolores gazed down on her little world as it went to sleep"
+
+"With loose reins rode off to his house"
+
+
+
+
+THE LITTLE GODS
+
+
+
+PROLOGUE
+
+THE LITTLE GODS
+
+_For the life of me, as I was sitting here this sunny, late-October
+morning, I could not write, a distressing condition, truly, for one
+who lives by writing._
+
+_Outside the windows of this quiet country house lay the lean fields
+of New England, soberly beautiful enough in their fading autumnal
+colorings, but somehow yielding no inspiration--forgive the
+pretentious and convenient word--no inspiration for my pen._
+
+_All around me my neighbors were busy; soberly engaged, each man of
+them, in safe-guarding himself, his body, soul, and his possessions,
+against the accidents of life and death. They too, somehow, failed
+to inspire that sluggish bit of pointed gold. Neither do your sober
+neighbors, friend, as I think of them. In all essentials they might
+be my own. For we are all a care-worn people, we of this young West,
+moving always circumspectly, hedging ourselves round with a tenfold
+wall against surprises, with creeds and codes and philosophies
+innumerable, all warranted Hell-proof and Heaven-kissing._
+
+_We count him wisest who lives and loves and dies most by rule. And
+the rule is that rule of our Tory Grecian forbears, "Never too much."
+"We may be a wise people and a happy people," said I to myself, "but
+we are quite too prudent to be counted young, in anything but years."
+And so that bit of gold hung uninspired as when it left the shop. It
+waited for livelier, more zestful topics than the daily grind of
+sober middle age._
+
+_Then all at once, it seemed, familiar voices called to me from that
+East we deem so old, and I was back there. A street stretched
+beneath me, such a street as only the Far East knows, and there only
+in one enchanted city. It was a wide street, and a long one, all
+aquiver with hot, stinging sunlight. It was walled with solid,
+four-square houses, and above them roofs and pinnacles rose in a
+hundred fantastic, airy shapes for which our Western architecture has
+no names, and the fronts of the houses flashed with decorations of
+barbaric red and gold. The street flamed with them. And all down
+the spacious, sun-flooded length of it, filling it from brim to brim,
+like a river, poured a current of tumultuous life._
+
+_From out the crowd eyes met mine, just as they used to do. Eyes of
+men intent on conquest, of goods, perhaps, or power, or pleasure, the
+eyes of men who sought, not soberly. Mocking, inviting, smiling,
+fathomless, straightforward eyes of women, who, forgetting, or
+unknowing Heaven and Hell, still knew that they were women,
+mistresses of a woman's joys and sorrows. Eyes of losers at the
+game, unhopeful but uncowed. Thousands of eyes glanced up at me, and
+not one solitary pair of them were like the eyes that look out
+soberly from your neighbor's head, or mine._
+
+_As my eyes questioned theirs, it seemed to me again, just as it used
+to do, that there in the old East, where life began, it still throbs
+most strongly, tingles most with the hot blood of youth; that there
+men, eternally young, are still most unafraid, grasp with least
+hesitation all life offers them, and accept the outcome of their
+choice with most sincerity._
+
+_As I was thinking that, it seemed to me that I went down into the
+life and stinging sunshine of the street, and mingled with it, till
+at last my steps led me down an alley and across a drawbridge that
+spanned a green and pestilential moat, and I approached the low
+gateway of a gray Walled City which was old when History was young.
+I passed under the cavern of the gate--and my feet rang on the worn
+flagstones as I passed--and came into a narrow street between low,
+sombre houses without windows, and so presently to a temple which in
+that city bears an unpleasant reputation. Not that scandal hangs
+about it--it takes Christian tongues to make libertines and guzzlers
+of Christian priests. But it is said that for some few centuries
+experiments in--in Psychical Research, let us say--have been going on
+in that old temple of Tzin Piaôu, with results that are not always
+reassuring to a lay beholder. I was in too careless a mood to care
+for that, that morning, and the porter let me pass, barbarian that I
+was, and I crossed the great courtyard and came to a little cell
+built in the thickness of the walls._
+
+_Inside the cell I saw an old, old man, a priest, though but a
+heathen one, half reclining on a hollowed slab of stone._
+
+_He was a very gaunt old man, but a very tall and strong one, and his
+face was like a mask of yellow parchment, seamed with a multitude of
+tiny wrinkles, and his eyes were two slits set slantwise in it. But
+as he heard my step and looked up, they widened, and the spark of a
+smile glimmered in them._
+
+_"It is you again, my son?" said that old heathen priest to me in
+greeting, though I did not remember having seen him before that day.
+"What is it now?"_
+
+_Suddenly I knew why I had come. "My father," I said, though he was
+but a heathen, "I want to see Life through your eyes."_
+
+_He looked into me, and through me, and beyond me into vacancy, and
+as he looked the spark of laughter in his eyes danced, and flickered
+up into a tiny fire. "You are older now," said he. "Sit down. I
+will tell you first of the Game of the Little Gods, and then you
+shall see Life through my eyes."_
+
+_"The Little Gods?" I asked, squatting on the floor. It was the only
+seat he had to offer me._
+
+_"The Great God," my heathen priest explained, unheeding me and
+smiling into vacancy, "the Great God created us men in his own
+image--and soon found us, as objects of His constant contemplation,
+distinctly wearisome. If He could have laughed, it would not have
+mattered much, but Amusement is beneath the ken of a Great God.
+Therefore our inconsistencies, our pettinesses, our hopeless
+contradictions, quickly wearied Him, as they would us if we had to
+take them seriously, forever. And so," drawled my heathen tutor,
+"the Great God, at last, in self-defense, created some Little Gods to
+take charge of the everyday affairs of men. So far as they are Gods,
+of course, these Little Gods are Eternal and Impartial, far raised
+above Love and Aversion, Pity and Scorn, Admiration and Derision, and
+all our other small emotions. To them all things are equal. But so
+far as they are Little, and not Great, they are capable of Amusement.
+And so," said he, "those lucky Little Gods while away Eternity by
+playing games, wherein we men are counters. But we men too," he
+added, smiling through me into vacancy, "if we are wise, can gain
+amusement by looking on at the games we're part of."_
+
+_"I," said I, "have never noticed anything which looked like games--"_
+
+_"No?" he said, half mockingly. "You never watched a strong man
+strive his utmost and grasp at last what he strove for, a handful of
+ashes and dry leaves? Never saw a woman love with all her heart,
+till she broke it, loving? Never saw Tragedy or Comedy or Farce
+wherein the players were not actors? Have all Life's
+contradictions--"_
+
+_"But they've always taught me," I objected, "that in those seeming
+contradictions, an inscrutable Wisdom was working for the ultimate
+good of those--"_
+
+_"My son," said my old heathen priest, stretching his old legs out on
+his stony slab, "go and see for yourself. This is the hour when I
+take one of my naps. See for yourself."_
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+FAGAN
+
+I found myself "up the railroad," as we used to say, in a
+well-remembered town. It had not changed since I saw it last. The
+railroad still ran through it, straight as a pencil-stroke ruled
+across the flat lands, and the rails, on their embankment, shimmered
+in the sun like two unending bars of white-hot metal. The cart road
+still wallowed into it, and out of it, for the town is set on an
+island in the marshy level of the paddies. The crazy huts of nipa,
+and crazier, decaying houses, still stood thick on either side of the
+one street.
+
+And brown women in skirts of gaudy calico still sat under the shadow
+of wide shutters, dispensing such goods as Poverty can buy, while
+their babies and their pigs rolled comfortably together in the dust.
+The shaggy thatch still rustled in the sultry breeze, and a few
+dejected palm-trees clicked their branches as of old. And, very far
+away across the waveless green sea of the half-grown rice, the same
+dark and threatening mountains towered into the clouds. It was all
+unchanged. The merciless sun struck down just as hotly. The very
+smells were smells I had often smelled before.
+
+Suddenly there was a stir of excitement in the town. The women
+crawled from the litter of their wares. The men, lighting fresh
+cigarettes from the remnants of their old ones, stood up to gaze.
+For down the street was coming, with the curious in-toeing shuffle of
+a barefoot mountaineer, a squat, huge-muscled, naked man.
+
+He carried a long, broad-bladed spear in his right hand, and a
+head-axe was thrust through his belt, and at his back a bag, swollen
+as if it held something big and round, bobbed and dangled heavily,
+and something dripped from it slowly, thickly, in the dust. The
+man's broad, sweat-streaked face was all agrin with excitement and
+good-nature, but the natives of the town shrank back from him as he
+passed. "Donde 'Mericanos?" he kept asking eagerly.
+
+A bystander pointed to a house, one a little taller than the others,
+where a flag of dingy white, barred with dingier red and blue, hung
+drooping, and a group of tall, lean, sun-bronzed men dressed in
+frayed shirts of blue flannel, and breeches of stained and faded
+khaki, and battered campaign hats, were lounging in the dusty shade.
+The bystander pointed to them, and the naked man, his face stretching
+in a wider grin, broke into a clumsy trot and ran to them.
+
+"Me got," he said, and pulled the heavy, bobbing bag from his
+shoulders, and thrust it at them. They fell back hastily. "It's
+something, all right," said one of them judicially. "Something
+plenty dead. Sergeant," he called, "I reckon it's your deal. Here's
+an Igaroot with another dead-head lookin' for you." And the others
+laughed.
+
+At that an oldish man with a long, drooping, gray moustache, and gray
+eyes that were bright below their sun-burned lids, stepped from the
+door. The naked man cried out again, "Me got," and held out his
+dripping bag. And the saturnine old sergeant fell back, as the men
+had done.
+
+"You open it, Johnnie," he commanded. "It's too dead for me.
+_Patay, sabe?_ Me no likum thataway. _Icao abieria_."
+
+So the man undid the string that bound his bag, and opened it, and
+the sergeant took one peep inside. "It's a big American nigger, all
+right," he announced. "And he's sure dead. It might be him. Better
+call the Captain over here, some one; I don't reckon he wants _that_
+in his quarters. Where you catch him, hombre?"
+
+The little man jerked his chin over his shoulder at those distant
+mountains. "You buy?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"You'll get the reward all right, if it's him," said the sergeant
+reassuringly. "But you'll have to wait till it's identified.
+There've been a lot of duplicates brought in, _sabe_."
+
+Presently other men in khaki and flannel, who in spite of their
+undress showed, somehow, as officers, came down the street, and they,
+and the sergeant, and the man with the bag, went into the house.
+
+After a long wait, an orderly came out, pale and shaken, and turned
+toward the military telegraph station. "It's him," he said briefly,
+to his waiting fellows. "That Contract Dentist in there knowed him
+by his teeth. God! I'm plumb glad I ain't no kind of medico."
+
+The men looked at each other, silently, for a long minute. The
+spirit of jesting seemed to have left them. The judicial one spoke
+first. "Well, he got _his_ good and hard at last," said he. "But he
+sure got a run for his money."
+
+Then I understood what it was all about. I wrote of that thing in
+the bag once, not knowing it then for a pawn in the Game of the
+Little Gods. There was a time when men called it Fagan.
+
+While Fagan was still a kinky-haired youngster, clad only in the
+traditional shirt, a question forced itself on his attention. "Why
+ain't I got a pappy?" he asked his mother, and the great,
+deep-bosomed woman laughed the deep, melodious laugh of her race.
+
+"Lawszee, honey, I raickon you has," she replied. "Mos' chillen has."
+
+"Who is my pappy?" the child persisted.
+
+The woman laughed again. "Lawszee, chile, how you spaik me to
+'maimber that? I'se got other things to 'maimber, I raickon."
+
+We couldn't expect much of a Fagan, born of that race and class, and
+he learned not to expect much of us. A bit of food, a bit of
+clothing, and a chance to roll around on the levee with the other
+pickaninnies, and bask in the sunshine and sniff the sweety-sour
+smells from the sugar-ships, sufficed him. For many years these
+pleasures were his for the taking. And as he grew older they still
+sufficed, with the addition of a little cheap tobacco and cheaper
+gin, and he found that a modicum of labor and a care never to offend
+one of the heaven-born white race would procure them. The labor was
+easy, for the son of the deep-bosomed, supple-limbed woman had grown,
+as the rank, free growth of a swamp shoots up, into a great, broad,
+graceful man to whom the toil of others was mere play. And he was of
+a nature so easy-going and joyous and childishly obliging that the
+heaven-born pointed him out with approval as "a nigger like we had
+before the war."
+
+He might have lived on thus indefinitely, but one day, over a lazy
+roll of the dice, another black man took advantage of his known good
+nature. And Fagan, the kindly, felt a sudden, blinding impulse to
+strike. The huge black fist shot out like lightning under the
+impulse of the supple, writhing muscles, and the other man dropped
+with a broken neck.
+
+Then Fagan came to the Army, and the Army received him with joy. The
+surgeon's eye glistened with an artist's fervor as he thumped and
+kneaded the great, perfect animal, and a wise old recruiting sergeant
+guided the pen for him to sign his name. Thus he was made welcome in
+that most catholic of societies, which cares not a whit for your
+past, your present, or your future, so long as you have mind and body
+sufficient to obey orders.
+
+But even this slight requirement was much for Fagan. His careless,
+soapless, buttonless existence was a poor training for the rigid
+minutiæ of military life. And he was unfortunate in his immediate
+commander. Most of the officers of the Fifty-fourth were of the
+South, able to deal firmly yet kindly with the big black children
+committed to their charge. But Sharpe was new to the Army, the son
+of a small tradesman in the North, and had an exalted reverence for
+the Regulations, and his own rank. So when he saw that the buttons
+of Fagan's blouse were uncleaned, one morning at guard-mounting, he
+did not announce the fact impersonally, as an officer should.
+
+And Fagan, in serene ignorance of any law against immediate
+explanation, replied with boyish, surprised chuckle, "Lawszee,
+Lootenant, I raickon I plumb forgot them buttons."
+
+"That's enough," snapped the officer. "Sergeant, put this man under
+arrest."
+
+Fagan followed to the guard-house, mildly expostulant. "He suah'd
+orter give me a fairah show," he said to the sergeant. "I was jus' a
+gwine to tell him. I didn't mean no hahm. All I wanted was a fayah
+show."
+
+[Illustration: "_All I wanted was a fayah show._"]
+
+Thus began a series of petty persecutions. Fagan, with his good
+nature, tried his best, but the Lieutenant would not be pleased. He
+was not a bad sort in intent, simply a common, weak, official bully.
+Such men usually resign early, or if they linger on in the service,
+learn to shun getting in front of their men when there is firing.
+
+By the time the regiment was ordered to the Philippines Fagan's
+record loomed black with five trials. But the campaigning brought
+relief. A man was required only to have his rifle in good condition,
+and be on hand to use it. The regiment spent weary days, dragging
+about like a slow snake under the burning sun, soaking and shivering
+in the mists of evening, till men began to sicken. But not Fagan.
+His melodious bellow would ring triumphant along the lines each
+night, "I'se been wo'okin' on the ra'alroad," and cheer the drooping
+men, till the voices of the company wits were demanding, "Who's dat
+ar white man got a ra'alroad?"
+
+And then, one day, the scouts reported that the main body of the
+enemy was near, that elusive body for which the regiment had been
+groping so long. After a little the snake broke out into a fan, and
+went crawling across a muddy rice-paddy toward a cane-brake. Then a
+flight of strangely drawling insects sang overhead, and as always,
+when firing is wild and high, some men in the reserve, 'way in the
+rear, lay down very suddenly.
+
+The merry bugles rattled, and the fan dissolved into a thin brown
+line of men who advanced swiftly to the edge of the brake, firing as
+they went. And then, all at once, the brake was alive with dizzily
+flashing steel. A little brown man rose in front of Fagan, and a
+flash darted straight at his head. Instinctively his muscles
+reacted, and he ducked backward like a boxer. So the bolo missed his
+head, but the sharp point, tearing downward, ripped through shirt and
+flesh on his breast.
+
+Fagan stared stupidly at the dripping red edges of the blue cloth
+till the sharp tingle of the flesh stirred him. As before, he felt a
+blinding impulse to strike, and whirled his heavy rifle in one hand,
+as a boy might a stick. He looked down at the quivering, moaning
+thing before him, and a mad joy of strength surged over him. A
+little way apart a struggling group was weaving in and out with darts
+of steel and quick flashes of rifles, and hoarse gruntings and
+cursings. He ran toward it, swinging his broken rifle round his
+head. "Give 'em heyell, boys," he shouted. "Kill the damn niggers."
+
+From that day he was called Wild Fagan, and Fagan the Nigger-Killer,
+and as the campaign progressed, his renown passed beyond his
+regiment. "Heard about that wild nigger in the Fifty-fourth?" asked
+the Cavalry, borrowing a pinch of Durham and a pit of paper from the
+Mountain Battery. "Don't sabe fire his rifle. Just butts in and
+swats 'em with it, like he was wantin' to play gollf." The story
+grew till the Marines, returning from shore service, told the Fleet,
+half-seriously, of a wild regiment come straight from Africa, "what
+only knew how to fight with war-clubs." And jacky, ever ready to
+believe, swore softly in admiration, and spat over the rail, and
+dreamed of having a little go with that regiment, some night in
+Nagasaki, when every one had had about seven drinks all round.
+
+Even the officers began to boast. "Oh, you mean our man Fagan," the
+Colonel would say to guests at mess. "Yes, he's a good man.
+Expensive--a rifle lasts him about a day when things are lively;--but
+efficient. Yes, highly efficient. The natives are beginning to
+dodge the regiment. Yes, I'll let you see him after dinner. Finest
+build of a man you ever laid eyes on. Like a cat, you know, like a
+cat and a grizzly rolled into one."
+
+And Fagan through it all was unchanged, good-natured, childlike as
+ever. He was even a bit ashamed of his strength. "That little scrap
+down by the bridge?" he would say to a group of admirers. "Oh, that
+all wa'n't nothin'. That big Fillypeeno? Oh, yes, I hit him. Yes,
+I raickon I smashed him some," he would muse with his slow smile. "I
+broke my gun on him. Anybody got any tobacca? I nevah can keep no
+tobacca."
+
+It was after the fighting was done and the regiment went into
+stations of companies in the villages that the change began to come.
+The men, keyed to exertion and excitement, found the idleness of
+barrack life first pleasant, then irksome. And they were at home in
+these sunny islands, far more at home than ever in the States. They
+read the freedom of the land in the burning sky, and the clicking
+palms, and the lazy air. More than anywhere else, they read it in
+the dark, admiring eyes of the brown, slim, soft-moving girls. The
+men began to be absent at check roll-call at Taps.
+
+Then all the wisdom and tact of an officer was needed. Too great
+easiness meant loss of control, harshness meant desertions. For a
+time Lieutenant Sharpe did very well. He overlooked what he could,
+and was unangered in his firmness when he must be firm. But nature
+and fixed habit overcame him, and Fagan was naturally the chief
+sufferer, for the officer had grown into the belief that Fagan was
+the probable cause of every misdemeanor in the company. So it was a
+reprimand, and then another sharper, and then the summary
+court--where the Lieutenant was prosecutor and jury and
+judge--sentenced Fagan to the loss of a month's pay for attempting to
+run the guard at some unearthly hour of the night. Within a week he
+repeated the offence, and Lieutenant Sharpe, with the fear of God and
+the Regulations in his heart, and wondrous small understanding in his
+head, sentenced him to a "month and a month." A month of confinement
+will give any man much time for reflection, and the Lieutenant hoped
+it might prove salutary.
+
+Fagan received his sentence with ominous lack of his former
+protestations, and went quietly to the guard-house. But being
+neither an accomplished thinker nor an expert in moral theory, he did
+not reflect. He merely sat there and brooded. "All I'm lookin' for
+is jus' a fayah show," he told himself, over and over again. "He use
+me right, an' I'll use him right. Ain't I the bes' fightin' man in
+the regiment, ain't the Kuhnel done said so, a whole plainty o'
+times? When they's fightin', I'll be there. But that little
+Lootenant--Lawszee, couldn' I smash him--all I want is jus' a
+straight deal."
+
+Fagan emerged at the end of his month still a child, but a sullen
+child now, moping over a bitter sense of injustice. "I ain' nevah
+gwine to stay in theah anothah night," he told his friend the
+Sergeant. "All I want is a fayah deal, an' I'll use ev'rybody
+straight. But no one ain't gwine to keep me in theah again." The
+Sergeant, wise as most old soldiers, made no answer. If the
+Lieutenant and Wild Fagan were to fight it out, it was no affair of
+the Sergeant's.
+
+But Fagan, over the drinks, repeated his ultimatum to other men, who
+waited joyously for the clash, and were surprised and disappointed
+when Fagan went quietly to the guard-house once again, placed there
+to await the sitting of a general court martial. The quietness was
+only because he was learning to plan. When the silence of midnight
+came, he stole over to an inner window, braced a shoulder and a knee,
+and the rusted bars yielded noiselessly. He crept up-stairs to his
+squad-room and took the rifle and the belt, heavy with two hundred
+rounds of ammunition, from the head of his bunk, and crept as
+silently down. He tried to steal by the guard at the gate, but the
+man turned and leveled his rifle, hardly six feet away.
+
+"Halt! Who goes theah?" he challenged, with the mechanical lilt of
+the sentry.
+
+"You min' you' business, Sam, an' I'll ten' to mine," Fagan growled.
+
+But the man persisted, though with a tremor in his voice. "Yo' halt,
+Fagan. Ah've got to fin'--"
+
+Fagan gripped his rifle by the muzzle, and stepped swiftly toward the
+leveled one. "You git out o' heah, Sam," he ordered. "Git, or I'll
+smash you."
+
+The sentry dropped his rifle. "Ah ain' nevah troubled you all,
+Fagan," he whined. "Ah'm a frien' o' you all's. You lait me alone."
+He sank to his knees. "You lait me alone. Don' you touch me, don'
+you touch--" His voice rose to a shriek, but he was talking to empty
+air. Fagan had picked up the extra rifle and slipped away toward the
+town.
+
+"Ah couldn' he'ep it, sah. He done come up out o' the dahk, with his
+eyes a buhnin', an' he sa-ays, 'Ah'll maash you, Sam.' Ah couldn'
+he'ep mase'ef. Ah've seen him maash these yere Fillypeenos." Thus
+the sentry to the Lieutenant next morning, with heartfelt
+earnestness. "Ah wouldn' cared if he was gwine to shoot, but he
+comes a grinnin', an' he sa-ays, 'Ah'll maash you, Sam.' That's what
+he sa-ays, an' he'd a done it," he explained later, to a group of
+sympathizing men. "Ah don' min' gettin' shot, but Ah suah don'
+wantah git maashed. So Ah dropped ma rifle. Ah've seen him maash
+these yere Fillypeenos. He ain' no man, he's a plumb bawn devil,
+tha's what he is," and Sam wiped the sweat drops from his throat with
+the back of his big, shaking hand.
+
+Then ensued many tentative pushings at the bars, to prove that no two
+mere men could spring them back into position, and many side-long
+glances at Fagan's ownerless cot and the chest which stood beside it,
+closed and mysterious. When the men turned in, no one objected that
+Sam placed a lighted candle on it. "They don' come roun' wheah it's
+light," he explained vaguely to the room, and every one knew what
+"they" meant. Even the old Sergeant, coming through at roll-call,
+apparently did not see the forbidden light.
+
+And now the United States Army lapsed into a state of hysteria which
+often amused and puzzled those who witnessed it. It became haunted
+by a big black man who mashed people instead of shooting them
+decently. There happened to be a recrudescence of fighting, and the
+Army imputed it to Fagan. That stupid, brooding, grown-up child
+became a tactician, a strategist, a second De Wet of guerilla warfare.
+
+"I have the honor to report," wrote young Shavetail to the
+A.G.O.--through proper channels--"a sharp engagement wherein the
+enemy hindered the development of my flanking movement by--unusual
+brilliancy for native leaders--honor to suggest--deserter Fagan
+rumored to be in vicinity."
+
+"Scouts report," wired Major Oakleaf, "two hours' ride southeast of
+camp, huge negro. Request description renegade Fagan."
+
+"We're out gunnin' fer that big buck nigger answers to the name of
+Fagan," remarked Mountain Battery to Cavalry, borrowing back the
+"makings" and a match to boot. "He's seen up back here in the
+foot-hills last night."
+
+"Wire through this mornin'," jeered Signal Corps, overhearing,
+"reportin' him up Cagayan way. An' yesterday he was down in
+Batangas. He sure must hike light."
+
+"Well, he's a lively nigger, from all I hear," said Cavalry
+judicially. "Some one'll likely get hurt 'fore they get him."
+
+"He'll maybe get hurt a little bit himself, just a shade, if this old
+girl falls on him," laughed Mountain Battery, patting the nose of the
+vicious little gun in the packsaddle. "Ho' still, you old
+mule-horse, you! Think I'll stand for you kickin' me?"
+
+So the little armies marched and sweated, and the wires carried
+bulletins to every little post: "Inform troops and natives--renegade
+Fagan, deserter Fifty-fourth--very big black negro, age twenty-one,
+large bolo scar on breast--five hundred dollars, gold, alive or dead."
+
+And all the while Fagan was living quietly with the girl who had been
+the chief cause of all his insubordination, in a little mountain
+village not fifty miles from the place where his ghost first rose and
+called for lighted candles.
+
+The reports of his evil fame brought him no joy. "Why can't they let
+us alone," he complained to Patricia. "I never hurt them, and if
+they don't trouble us we won't trouble them. Eh, Patsí?" and he
+swept the slender girl up to his shoulder.
+
+"Pooh," cried Patricia disdainfully, from her height. "What do we
+care for them! You will kill them all, won't you?" She pinched the
+great supporting arm with a sigh of satisfaction. "Hola, there's
+Enrique's cock fighting with Juan's. Let's go and watch them." And
+as they walked down the narrow grassy street, the people stepped
+aside with cheerful smiles, for all the world like the dusty
+pickaninnies on the levee when one of the heaven-born passes by.
+
+For a long time Fagan and Patricia lived on in the village, till the
+man was becoming a myth. A dozen enterprising hunters had brought in
+his head, and the papers in Manila had ceased to give circumstantial
+accounts of his capture even when news was short. But at last an
+American prisoner came to the town, the only white man who saw Fagan
+alive after his desertion. By a strange chance he was an officer of
+the Fifty-fourth, and Fagan received him with sober joy.
+
+"I'se right glad to see you, Lootenant," he said. "I raickoned
+they'd bring you up heah, when I hea'd you was done capchuhed. They
+kind brings mos' ev'ything up to me, these days."
+
+The white man was not joyous, though undismayed. "What are you going
+to do with me, now you've got me?" he demanded.
+
+"Don' you worry, Lootenant," Fagan answered. "I wouldn' huht you.
+No, sir, you nevah troubled me. You jus' set down an' have a smoke.
+I'se a gwine to send you down, jus' as soon as I can."
+
+They sat and smoked in silence, the giant negro, the prisoner in his
+draggled uniform, the little brown guards with their naked bobs. At
+last Fagan said, "I raickon we could talk bettah if these yere guards
+was away. You git," he pointed to them. "Course you give you' wohd,
+Lootenant, you won't try to 'scape."
+
+The officer nodded, and fell to watching the great, quiet, unshapen
+black face. It roused his curiosity for a certain non-offensive air
+of self-reliance which he had never seen in a black face before.
+"Fagan," he asked suddenly, "why did you do it?"
+
+"Do what, Lootenant?"
+
+"Desert, and lead the natives against us, and all that."
+
+The negro clenched his great fist. "This yere fool talk makes me
+plumb riled," he said. "I ain' nevah fought the 'Mericans. I'se a
+'Merican myse'f, ain't I? An' what would I want to go yampin' roun'
+the country for, anyway? I'se got all I want right heah, chickens,
+an' yams, an' a good dry house, an'--" He reached out his hand and
+grasped Patricia's little one, and they smiled at each other. "No,
+sir, I don' want no moah fightin'. I'se got a good home, an' I goes
+to sleep when I wants to, an' I gits up when I wants to, an' I has
+clean clo'es ev'y day. You tell the Kuhnel, Lootenant, you tell him
+Fagan nevah went to huht no 'Mericans, an' nevah will, less'n they
+goes to huht me first. You believe that, don' you, Lootenant?" And
+the officer gravely nodded "Yes."
+
+"Bout that desertin', now. I'se thought a whole lot about that, an'
+I raickon I done it jus' because I had to have mo' room. I'se some
+big, I raickon--" he let his eyes travel slowly down his body and
+chuckled--"seems like I has to have a whole plainty o' room. Seems
+like they wahn't room fo' me an' Lootenant Sha'ap in one ahmy. No,
+sir. An' then, I dunno, Lootenant, maybe you nevah felt how a woman
+can make you 'shamed of youse'f? This Patricia lady, maybe she don'
+seem like much to you, but she's a heap to me--yes, sir,--an' she
+kep' sayin', 'What for you go calabozo, Fagan? Kill the little pig
+of a teniente,' she says. 'Kill ev'rybody. You'se big enough.' An'
+then she laughs at me. 'Is you 'fraid, big man?' she says. 'Lend me
+youah revolvah, then. I'se little, but I ain't afraid.' She jus'
+made me plumb scairt of myse'f, an' we come away, 'cause Patsí an' me
+needed more room 'n what Lootenant Sha'ap could give us. 'Pears like
+you couldn' understan' it, but that's the way it was, I raickon. I
+jus' had to desert or huht somebody bad."
+
+He stopped, and the woman began to speak to him. The white man
+watched her, and a great light burst upon him. She was glorious,
+this slim, soft brown thing with the dusky hair and the straight,
+slender neck, and--"I'se little, but I ain't afraid." Ages of
+civilization dropped from the man as he gazed, and with a graceless
+pity he compared the pale fettered women he had known with this free,
+wild, perfect thing whose feeling was her life. She was talking with
+her tongue and eyes and hands, and Fagan answered a few words and
+laughed, and she laughed, too, a sound as natural and sweet as the
+ripple of a stream, and then her great eyes lighted with earnestness
+as she went on. The Lieutenant felt a pang of something almost
+jealousy. He could never bring fire to those eyes, he was not a man
+to her, only a thing, not to be compared with that black giant.
+
+Fagan turned to him with an amused chuckle. "She's full o' ginger,"
+he said. "I raickon it's lucky I was heah when you come. She's jus'
+been askin' when I was goin' to kill you. 'You must,' she says, 'or
+else he'll lead soldiers up heah.' That's all right, Lootenant," he
+said, as the officer moved uneasily. "That's you' duty, an' it's all
+right, only she don' understand that. 'Le's kill him now,' she says.
+'You keep a talkin' with him, an' I'll put the knife into him from
+behin'. It won' be no trouble at all.' Lawszee," he chuckled
+admiringly, "I raickon she'd a done it, too. She's got moah ginger!"
+
+The Lieutenant smiled with him, but he soon rose, unobtrusively, and
+seated himself with his back to the solid corner-post of the house.
+Patricia watched the manoeuvre with unfathomable eyes, and the men
+burst into laughter; then she hung her head like a child caught in
+some mischief. The gesture was adorable, and suddenly sadness
+stifled the white man's laughter.
+
+"I'm sorry about reporting your presence here," he said. "I
+understand, I think, and I believe you don't want to make trouble,
+but--"
+
+"Don' you worry about that," Fagan broke in. "I'se a gwine to send
+you down to the ra'alroad this afternoon. An' now Patsí's goin' to
+get you some dinner."
+
+"Fagan," said the Lieutenant, yet more earnestly, while his guard
+waited for him to mount, "I'm right sorry about this. But--why don't
+you come down with me now and surrender?" he asked impulsively.
+"That will help, and I can explain some things to the court, and
+you'll only get six months or so, for desertion. Only six months,
+and then--you can come back to Patricia," he ended almost enviously.
+
+The negro seemed to swell before the white man's astonished eyes.
+"I'se sorry, too. It's been mighty pleasant, livin' heah," he said
+simply. "An' thank you fer askin' me to come down. I know you means
+it straight. But you can't see it like I do. Down theah I'se a
+niggah soldier. Up heah I'se-- Nobody ain't got any right to try
+me," he burst out. "I nevah troubled _them_. You tell the Kuhnel
+that, I want he should understan'. I don' want to huht no one, but
+I'se nevah gwine into no gahd-house again. Good-by, Lootenant, an'
+luck. I don' raickon we all'll evah meet up again."
+
+[Illustration: _Fagan and Patricia_.]
+
+So Fagan and Patricia must needs leave the snug little house at the
+end of the sleepy, grass-grown street, and go out on the High Trail,
+the unknown of the people of the plains, a broad highway to things
+with hoofs and claws and wings, and to men little less wild than
+they, the men of the hills. At times the brown thread of the Trail
+was twined amid the giant roots of trees, and they wandered in a cool
+twilight, alone with the long creepers and the ferns and the bright
+birds which played about some opening in the matted roof, far above
+their heads, where the sun dropped through for a brief hour.
+Sometimes it clung to the massive walls of a cañon, where a river
+boiled so far below that the sound of its torment came to their ears
+like the babble of a brook. Sometimes it shot upward to the realm of
+the clouds, and from the bare, grassy heights they peered out through
+shifting mist wreaths over all the cities and fields of the plains to
+the blue hint of the distant sea.
+
+Fagan and Patricia followed the Trail steadily but leisurely, day
+after day. There was no call for haste, no white pursuer knew that
+road. So they laughed and played, and lay for hours beside some cool
+spring, basking in the warm sunshine and the thin, sharp air, and
+camped at night in little valleys under a pall of cloud. Once Fagan
+shot a deer, and they delayed for days, drying the meat over pungent
+wood-smoke. But as their muscles hardened to the Trail, they
+insensibly made greater progress, in spite of their dallying.
+
+Two weeks brought them to the land of the Unknown, had they but known
+it. The mountains were higher and wilder, the cloud-caps more
+frequent. Often the forest on some huge hill, towering black above
+the Trail, was thin and pointed at the top, as if it had been torn,
+and there, unseen of them, was a village perched high on the trunks
+of trees, whence keen-eyed men watched their progress. But they were
+children of the plains and could not know, so they walked undismayed.
+And the keen-eyed men walked with them, unseen, frisking along above
+them over ground where others would have crept--short, huge-limbed
+men, whose stiff black hair flowed over their shoulders, and was tied
+out of their eyes with fillets, men who squatted naked in the mists
+of evening and did not shiver, men who brought their sweethearts
+hideous dowries of human heads. They hung about the Trail, watching
+these strange creatures who walked openly and undismayed in the land
+of Fear. Often, when the camp-fire was lighted, they stole up with
+their muscles twitching like a cat's before she springs, and then
+halted as a great voice rang over the forest--"I'se been wo'okin' on
+the ra'alroad"--and they clawed their way up the slopes to the
+long-legged villages, and took counsel together in the queer
+fire-shadows.
+
+One evening as they camped, Patricia missed a little bundle of
+venison and strolled back along the Trail to look for it. Fagan
+kindled the fire and then strolled back, too. "Hoy, Patsí," he
+called. The forest was silent. He turned a bend in the Trail, and
+there--Fagan gazed at it stupidly. Then the blind impulse of wrath
+swept over him again. But there was naught to strike. The long
+shadows of the trees lay across the Trail, the creepers swayed lazily
+in the evening breeze; far up, a crow called petulantly to her
+belated mate. Fagan swung his arm helplessly at the forest.
+
+"Come out," he moaned, "come out wheah I can see you. Come out, you
+cowards, you sneakin' dogs that kills women from behind. I'se not
+afraid of you. Oh, I'll mash _you_! Come!" With a soft chug, a
+lance stuck quivering in the tree beside him. Otherwise all was
+silent; even the crow had ceased to scold. He looked down. A darker
+shadow was stealing among the lengthening ones on the Trail. The
+spirit of the forest gripped Fagan with an icy hand, the spirit of
+Dread. He ran blindly to the fire, seized his rifle, and took up the
+Trail alone.
+
+For three days and nights he hurried on. The empty pain of his
+stomach, the dizzying, numbing lack of sleep, could not hold him
+against the dread of his unseen escort. It gave little sign, simply
+the rustling of a fern now and then, the swaying of one creeper when
+others were still, but he felt its presence and staggered on. On the
+evening of the third day, he stepped suddenly from the forest into a
+little theatre among the hills. A clear brook bubbled over golden
+gravel; the turf beneath a great solitary tree was thick and soft.
+Wild cocks in the wood were crowing their families to roost.
+
+Everything was quiet and peaceful, and Fagan, as he gazed, became
+peaceful and quiet, too. He flung himself on the soft turf, and
+drank his fill from the little brook. As always, when he sought to
+rest, the forest became vague with life. A covey of jungle-fowl,
+flushed by a sudden fright, whirred across the opening. A stone
+rolled somewhere close at hand, dislodged by a purposely careless
+foot. But this time Fagan merely grinned, and shook off his clinging
+cartridge-belt. "You can' bluff me no moah," he said to the forest,
+a trick he had learned of late. A fern swayed not a dozen yards
+away, and he clicked a cartridge into his Krag and fired. "You git
+out," he chuckled. "I'se a gittin' tired of you' company."
+
+When he was rested a little, he kindled a fire and toasted a bit of
+venison. Then he lay back lazily and twisted his last bit of tobacco
+into a cigarette. Between puffs he bellowed his evening song, and
+the rude melody took on the sweetness of a ballad. "Don' you heah
+the bugle callin'?" Fagan sang, and tossed the butt of the cigarette
+into the fire. It was quite dark now in the hollow, and he sat in a
+little circle of dancing light. He looked at the wall of blackness
+with quiet, unfrightened eyes that presently began to close with the
+pressure of a mighty drowsiness.
+
+"I'se po'owful sleepy now," he announced at length, "an' I'se a gwine
+to bed. I was hopin' to set up an' meet some of you all, but I can't
+do it. When you all wants me, you all can wake me up." The fire
+flickered, and he pillowed his head on his arm, and watched the dance
+of the shadows grow shorter. "Lawszee," he murmured, drowsily, as
+the great numbness of sleep overcame him, "I raickon Patricia'd think
+I was scairt again. She'd a sat up an' waited foh them, but I can't.
+That little girl did have the po'owf'les' lot o' ginger in her." He
+threw his great arm protectingly over the empty ground beside him.
+"Good night, Patsí," he murmured.
+
+
+In that well-remembered town among the paddies, a squat and naked
+man, huge-muscled, came out of the door of the quarters. In his hand
+he carried a broad-bladed spear. A head-axe, bright as only
+speckless steel can be in sunlight, flashed in his girdle. And at
+his back a bag, plumply round, bobbed heavily, and as it bobbed it
+gave out a dull jingle, as of coined metal.
+
+"Got his money, all right," said one of the group that watched him.
+
+The savage halted, and grinned widely at each in turn. "Me got," he
+announced proudly. "_Mucho dinero_. _Mucho mucho dinero_. Me got."
+He could scarcely contain his joy.
+
+One of the watchers growled. "I'm not in favior," said he, "of
+payin' gu-gus for killin' white men, no matter whether they're white
+or black. It's a catchin' habit." It was the judicial soldier. He
+swung his lean bulk toward the grinning little man. "Now you've got
+it," he commanded, "git!"
+
+The savage, half-comprehending, turned and passed down the path they
+opened for him, and down the sun-beaten, dusty street, where the
+silent people fell away before him as if he carried pestilence. And
+so they saw the last of him, making for those distant, cloud-hung
+hills of his, moving clumsily but swiftly across the paddies at his
+shuffling trot, while the price of a man's rebellion bobbed, and
+jingled dully at his back.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+GOD'S LITTLE DEVILS
+
+I was back in that ancient temple of Tzin Piaôu. My old heathen
+priest, half reclining on his hollowed slab of stone, was looking at
+me with a spark of laughter in his keen old eyes.
+
+"Have you seen for yourself?" he asked.
+
+I nodded.
+
+"And how," he asked me, "do you like to look at the Games of the
+Little Gods?"
+
+"I think," said I angrily, "that they are Little Devils. That black
+man was a man. If they had given him half a chance--"
+
+"Remember," said my heathen friend, quite calmly, "that I do not know
+your black man, or what they did to him. Something unpleasant, it
+appears. It does not matter. It is in the Game. But you think my
+Little Gods are Little Devils?"
+
+"I do," I said.
+
+"I wonder," mused my heathen priest, smiling through me into vacancy,
+"what he would think of Little Devils if he saw them." Suddenly his
+eyes glinted into mine. He made a little imperative gesture with his
+hand. "Go and see," he said. "This is the hour when I take another
+nap. And would you mind," he added, "as you're going out, just
+asking the porter to bring a jug of water?"
+
+
+That night, when rice was eaten and the circle of darkness had shut
+down about our fire, Fermin Majusay, the private of Native Scouts who
+was my escort on the mountain, stretched out on his slim stomach and
+gazed into the hypnotic flames.
+
+"I am going to tell you about my teniente," he said suddenly, "my
+lieutenant who is dead six months. He was a devil, that man.
+Listen! You have sat in the Café Puerta del Sol and watched the two
+old Spaniards who play forever the game called chess? Well, when the
+little man of Don Antonio gets in front of the little horse of Don
+José, does Don José say, 'Bad little man, go to another little
+square'? No, he says 'Muerto!'--'Dead!'--and takes the little man
+away. That is the game, to take all the little men off the board,
+and it is just the same with fighting. But all the white men I have
+seen, except my teniente, were afraid of the end. My teniente always
+laughed when the end came. He was born to be a soldier, like me.
+
+"I remember how he laughed at Don Augusto. We were in a very bad
+province then. All the provinces are a little bad; that is why they
+sent me to take care of you, because the mountains are not safe for a
+white man. But that was an island in the south, and it was very bad.
+All the middle of it was mountains where ladrones lived, and they
+came down to the coast and made people give them food and money, and
+they stole carabaos from the plantations and killed travelers, and
+sometimes they burned a town and took the pretty girls away.
+
+"We were sent there to catch them. It was very hard work. We chased
+them in the mountains and killed some, but that did no good. When we
+were in one place they were somewhere else, and when a man guided us
+in a little while he was dead. We knew what was the matter. It is
+always the same. The ladrones are in the mountains, but some man in
+the towns is their leader, and he gets so rich and strong that every
+one is afraid of him. In that island it was a planter named Augusto
+de los Reyes. Three times my lieutenant arrested Augusto de los
+Reyes and sent him down to San Pablo; and every time the judge said
+there was no proof and he came back, and in a little while all the
+witnesses against him were dead. And the ladrones in the mountains
+always knew when we were coming.
+
+"If my teniente had been like other white men, he would have given up
+then. But he arrested Don Augusto once more. I remember the morning
+very well. I was orderly that day, and we were in the guard-room
+looking at some prisoners, and a guard came in, two in front and two
+behind, with this Don Augusto. He was a big, fat Bisayan, and we all
+looked at him, and he looked at us, and smiled. Then we didn't feel
+very good, for we knew what he'd like to do to us.
+
+"But my teniente laughed when he saw him. He stood up and shook
+hands with Don Augusto, and he said: '_Buenos dias_, Señor Don
+Augusto de los Reyes.' Like that, making fun. 'It is not very long
+since we met,' he said, 'but I am very glad to see you again. I
+trust you found the prison at San Pablo pleasant?'
+
+"This Don Augusto knew how to play the game, too. He smiled with his
+mouth and said: 'It is not bad, Señor Teniente. But it grows
+tiresome to have the comedy of going there repeated so often. The
+judge gets tired, too, deciding that I am not such a bad man as my
+friend the teniente would have him think.'
+
+"My teniente laughed again. 'These judges!' he said. 'If only they
+could see us as we are, Señor Don Augusto de los Reyes. It is so
+hard to make them understand.' Then he stopped smiling, and talked
+very slow, more as if he talked to himself. 'I could send him down
+to San Pablo again, and I could say to the judge, "Señor Juez, this
+is the Señor Don Augusto de los Reyes whom the Swiss Bobin accused of
+giving information to the enemy, so that he lay in San Pablo jail for
+three weeks, till you said there was no proof." And I could say to
+the judge: "Last week this innocent gentleman came back from his
+trial, and last Sunday, as the Swiss Bobin rode on a narrow trail,
+four men attacked him and cut off his hand as he drew his revolver,
+and then killed him." But what would that amount to?'
+
+"'Very little,' said Don Augusto.
+
+"'Nothing,' said my teniente. 'And I could tell the judge: "That
+Sunday night men came to the house of the late Swiss Bobin and took
+his woman away, and her muchacha found her next morning staked by the
+four hands and feet to an ant-hill." But that would be no charge
+against the Señor Don Augusto de los Reyes.'
+
+"'Precisely,' said Don Augusto, and he smiled. Oh, he was a big,
+proud man, and he knew what he could do so well that he did not
+pretend not to know.
+
+"'Precisely,' said my teniente. 'And I could tell the judge: "The
+two weeks' baby of the late widow of the late Swiss Bobin died that
+Monday afternoon, so to-day there is not a soul alive of the family
+of the man who charged an innocent gentleman unjustly, as you
+yourself decided, Señor Juez."
+
+"Don Augusto smiled and was going to speak, but my teniente only
+moved his hand and went on, and all of us soldiers in the guard-room
+held our breaths and listened, for we knew that he spoke the truth.
+'We could tell the judge: "The four men who killed the man and the
+woman and left the baby to starve live on the plantation of the
+prisoner and owe him much money." But what does that prove? Even if
+we tell him that all the enemies of the Señor Don Augusto de los
+Reyes for twenty years have gone that way, and that no one any more
+dares to be a witness against him for fear of his revenge, the judge
+will not care about that. The judge wants proof, and we have no
+proof. No matter how well we know each other, we have no proof. So
+I shall not send my dear friend down to jail again. I am tired of
+it, too.'
+
+"All we soldiers looked at the ground, for we thought our teniente
+was a fool, like the judge, and would let Don Augusto go again. And
+Don Augusto looked at us as if we were dogs--I wanted to give him my
+bayonet--and he smiled and said: 'I thank you so much, Teniente mio,
+for sparing me another of the comedies. It is better for every one.
+_Adiós_, Señor.'
+
+"Oh, I told you that teniente of mine was a devil! He got up and
+shook the hand of Don Augusto, and he smiled and said: '_Adiós_,
+Señor Don Augusto de los Reyes. We shall not meet again for some
+time, I think. I am getting very tired of it myself. But I will
+give you a trustworthy escort. José!'
+
+[Illustration: "_Adiós, Señor Don Augusto_."]
+
+"We all jumped, his voice was so different, and the corporal of my
+squad stepped out and saluted. 'You will be the Señor's escort as
+far as he goes,' my teniente said. 'You will need only your
+revolver.' He stopped a moment, and then he said: 'José, you must be
+very careful that he does not escape.'
+
+"You know what that order meant then? Jos knew, and his face went
+like ashes--he was a baby anyway--and he could hardly say 'Si, mi
+teniente.' And that big fat pig of a Don Augusto, _he_ knew, and he
+dropped all together, as if he had no bones, and he went down on his
+knees. But my teniente only laughed, and said: 'A pleasant journey
+to you, Señor Don Augusto de los Reyes, and a relief from comedies.'
+
+"And then he took the commissary reports and wrote on them till José
+came back. José was shaking and green and my teniente looked at him.
+'You are back quickly,' he said. 'What is the matter?'
+
+"'The prisoner tried to escape, mi teniente,' José said.
+
+"'That was very foolish of him,' said my teniente. 'Where is he now?'
+
+"'Across the river, mi teniente,' José answered.
+
+"'Sergeant,' said my lieutenant, 'send two men across the river with
+shovels,' and then he tossed José a _peseta_ to buy _vino_, and then
+he went on with the commissary reports."
+
+Fermin Majusay had forgotten everything else in thinking of his hero,
+and the fire was almost out. He brought it to a blaze and lay down
+on his blanket again. "That night while we whispered together in
+barracks, and that chicken-hearted José sat by himself and muttered
+prayers and drank vino out of his bottle, we named our teniente El
+Diablito--the Little Devil. Not because he was little, but because
+we loved him. You know Angel Bantiling calls his wife Chiquita--Tiny
+One--and she is big as a carabao. El Diablito, I named my teniente,
+and we were afraid. If he had come down-stairs that night, we would
+all have run away. But what would you have? That Don Augusto was in
+the way, so my teniente took him off the board just like one of Don
+Antonio's little men of chewed bread. That is the game. If one is
+afraid of it, there are other games one can play. One does not have
+to be a soldier. But he made us afraid, just the same.
+
+"After Don Augusto was dead, all that part of the province was good,
+so they sent us to another part. Barang was the name of the town
+where we went. It was a better town; the people were good; we had
+nothing to do but drill. And after drill, often, my teniente took me
+to shoot with him. I would hold an empty bottle for beer in my hand,
+like that, and my teniente would shoot it from twenty paces with his
+revolver. Hoy, he was a devil at everything, my teniente! Hundreds
+and hundreds we broke, and he never hurt me. And he took me to be
+his servant in his quarters, and I was very happy, there in Barang."
+
+Fermin Majusay gazed into the fire again, and his keen animal face
+was wonderfully softened in the flickering light.
+
+"_Diós_," he sighed, "I was happy, there in Barang! Only one thing I
+did not like,--that was Isidro Abelarde. He was the leader of the
+town, the son of a very rich _haciendero_, young and handsome. And
+he became the friend of my teniente. They would laugh and talk
+together for hours, and ride together, and I did not like it. We
+Macabebes have many enemies--all the Filipinos are our enemies--and
+we have to be suspicious always. I began to wonder why Isidro
+Abelarde wanted to be with my lieutenant. 'Mi teniente,' I said to
+him, 'I do not like it that Don Isidro comes here. It is not good
+that he can pass the guard at any time, as if he were a white man.
+If he means harm--'
+
+"My teniente laughed. 'You are more bother than a wife, Fermin,' he
+said. 'Why should he mean harm to me?'
+
+"'He is the _pariente_--the relative--of Don Augusto,' I said. My
+teniente looked at me, and I saw that he did not like to hear the
+name of Don Augusto. For a minute I was frightened--he had terrible
+eyes when he was angry. 'How do you know that?' he asked me.
+
+"I would not tell him--we have ways of knowing things--and he got
+angrier, and struck me. It made my eye black, but I did not care.
+He was my teniente, any way, and he had been drinking. Next day I
+was glad of it, for Don Isidro came to dinner, and he looked at my
+eye. Often, when he thought no one saw him, he looked at it. Then I
+had an idea. My teniente was very short with me, because he was
+sorry, and Don Isidro was so young it was not hard to make him think
+that I was angry with my teniente. I scowled at him all the time
+behind his back; you know how.
+
+"After a few days Don Isidro met me in the _plaza_ and said: 'Fermin,
+I am very sorry that the teniente struck you.'
+
+"'Why are you sorry, Señor?' I asked him.
+
+"'Because,' he said, 'the teniente is a friend of mine, and I hope
+that no harm will come to him. I have heard that a Macabebe never
+forgives a blow, but I hope you will be patient.'
+
+"What a fool that young Isidro was! I looked very hard in his eyes,
+and I said, 'If a Macabebe forgives a blow as easily as a Bisayan
+forgets the death of his _pariente_, there is no danger for your
+friend--from me.'
+
+"He looked at me, and all at once his lips twitched, and I knew I had
+him. He put his hand in his pocket and pulled out a little paper.
+'Fermin,' he said, 'there is a sleeping-powder. The teniente will
+not strike you again if you do not wish it.'
+
+"That young fool knew nothing at all, like a baby! I took the paper
+home and my teniente and I gave some of it to a monkey. The monkey
+curled up and died, very quick. That was at night, and my teniente
+stood for a while and looked at the dead monkey and the paper. And
+he laughed just the way he did the morning the guard led in Don
+Augusto.
+
+"Next morning I was putting the breakfast on the table, and my
+teniente was standing at the window of the sola, looking down at the
+_plaza_. And all at once I heard him laugh, not very loud, and he
+called: 'Hoy, Don Isidro! Have the complacency to come up, amigo. I
+have news for you.' And soon Don Isidro came up.
+
+"Jesus Maria, he was a _pisaverde_ that morning! White coat and
+breeches, and high boots of black leather, and silver spurs, and long
+gloves of soft white leather.
+
+"'Have the good-heartedness to share my poor breakfast,' my teniente
+said, and Don Isidro sat down, and they ate till I had no patience
+left. But at last Don Isidro pushed away his plate and leaned back
+in his chair and said, 'Now, teniente mio, what is this wonderful
+news?'
+
+"My teniente pushed back his chair and offered his cigarette-case to
+Don Isidro. 'Take a long one, I beg,' he said.
+
+"So Don Isidro selected an _entrelargos_, and I held a match for him,
+and then he smiled at my teniente through the smoke, and said: 'Our
+news, _amigo mio_. I die of suspense.'
+
+"My teniente put the little packet which Don Isidro had given me on
+the table, and he looked at Don Isidro. I think the young fool knew
+then that the game was finished. But he was a brave one, I will say
+that, if he was a fool. He looked at the packet, and he looked at
+the teniente, and he looked at me and said, 'Traitor!'
+
+"'As you were, Fermin,' my teniente commanded me. 'Let me urge you
+as a friend, Don Isidro, to smoke slowly and without excitement, for
+when that cigarette is finished you will be finished.'
+
+"Don Isidro's hand trembled a little, but he was not afraid. 'My
+compliments, Señor Teniente,' he said. 'You win again. Have our
+traitor bring a little water, and when I am done smoking I will take
+the sleeping-powder.'
+
+"'I am sorry,' said my teniente, 'but a monkey ate it. And it would
+be unlawful to help you to commit suicide, anyway. Fermin, tell
+Raymundo to buckle on his revolver and be ready to escort Don Isidro
+down to--San Pablo.'
+
+"'_Dispensa_, mi teniente,' I said. 'Does one ask a Macabebe to kill
+his officer, and call him a traitor, for nothing?'
+
+"My teniente looked at me, and laughed. 'Get your own revolver then,
+Fermin,' he said.
+
+"When I came back, Don Isidro's cigarette was very short. They both
+stood up, and my teniente said: '_Adios_, Don Isidro. An easy
+journey to you in Fermin's friendly company, and a welcome in--San
+Pablo. Remember me particularly to your _pariente_, Don Augusto. I
+need not tell _you_, Fermin, that you must be very careful that he
+does not escape.'
+
+"'I will be very careful, mi teniente,' I said, and we went away, and
+my teniente never knew that I made Don Isidro carry along a spade I
+saw in the guard-room. One does not call a Macabebe a traitor for
+nothing.... There is no more wood, and it gets late and cold. Shall
+we sleep, or will you hear the rest of my story while our fire dies?
+
+"_Bueno_. I will not be long. Some of this story got out, not much,
+for only I and my teniente knew it all, but it frightened the other
+Americans, and they said my teniente was crazy. _Sangre de Diós_!
+He was not crazy then, but only one of God's own little devils. He
+was crazy afterwards, perhaps, but they made him so. Listen while I
+tell you what they did to him.
+
+"There is a little place very far back in the hills, Santo Spirito
+they call it, where the _frailes_ used to go for a retreat. There is
+nothing there, just a big convent of stone where no one lives, and a
+few little dirty houses, and the mountains behind, and the jungle all
+around, and the only people are lazy Bisayanos who do no work and are
+half drunk with opium. And they sent my teniente there to eat his
+heart!
+
+"Oh, he was brave! He was very brave, but there was nothing to do.
+That's why they sent us there; they knew we could do no harm. The
+mountain was empty, and there was no one in the jungle, and the
+people of Santo Spirito were too lazy to be bad. But he was brave;
+he made work. We drilled long every day, and we made a parade-ground
+of the _plaza_ in front of the convent, with culverts of concrete at
+the corners to carry off the water in the rainy season. That took
+many hours. But always there was the evening coming, when my
+teniente had to sit in the big _sola_, with the rats and the lizards
+squealing above him, and drink and drink and drink, and wait for the
+time when he could sleep.
+
+"Hoy, that drinking! It frightened me, and I spoke to him about it.
+I could always speak to him, until the very end. He laughed at me.
+'Give me something else to do, then,' he said. 'Shall I go and say a
+mass in the chapel?'
+
+"So he would sit and drink aguardiente for hours, and look at his
+boots. Sometimes he would be like himself for a little while, and
+then he would go for a ride, or shoot some bottles from my hand. But
+not for long. One day his hand was not steady, and he shot too
+close--Aí, mi teniente! He just dropped the revolver on the ground
+and said, 'That's the end of it at last, Fermin,' and he walked back
+to the convent, and his shoulders were like the shoulders of an old
+man.
+
+"After that he went out no more, and I took my blankets into his room
+and slept on the floor, and all night long I could hear him tossing
+on his cot. Sometimes he would say, 'Are you there, Fermin?' and I
+would say, 'I am always here, mi teniente,' and then he would rest
+for a little while.
+
+"But one night I woke and he was not on his cot. I got up to look
+and he came in from the balcony--there was one of those closed
+balconies all around the convent, outside the rooms--and he was
+dressed in his full uniform, and had his two revolvers and his
+shotgun. He did not seem to see me.
+
+"'Mi teniente!' I said.
+
+"He looked where I was, and still he did not seem to see me. 'Keep a
+good lookout,' he said. 'They may come at any time.' He went out
+into the balcony again, and I could hear his feet--tramp, tramp, very
+slow--while he went down to the far end and came back on the other
+side.
+
+"Aí, but I was scared! We were all scared, for every night after
+that we could hear his feet, and he never seemed to see us, but
+sometimes he would call: 'On guard, there! They may come at any
+time.' We were all scared, but we did all we could, if we were
+frightened. Not one of us ran away, not even that baby José.
+
+"And then the end came, the end of the game for my teniente. Five
+days I brought his food and he never touched it, only drank
+aguardiente instead. And five nights, all night long, we heard him
+marching round and round the balcony, with his two revolvers and his
+shotgun. The last night I was so tired that I fell asleep. I do not
+know how long I slept, but all at once I heard my teniente call
+'Halt!' and then I heard him laugh, and then his feet, quick, as if
+he ran, and then a crash on the ground outside. I ran, and some of
+the guard ran, and we found him lying on the flagstones of the patio,
+dead where he had fallen.
+
+"That is the way they killed my teniente,--my teniente who might have
+been Governor-General of the world if they had let him play the game.
+He was not afraid of the end of it. Even when he was crazy, and
+heard the enemies we could not see coming, he only laughed and ran
+out to meet them."
+
+A last ember of the fire flamed up, and Fermin Majusay turned his
+face quickly from the telltale light. "It was a long story," he
+said, and loosened his revolver in the holster. "Sleep without fear,
+Señor," he said. "No one will trouble us while I am here."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE LITTLE MAN
+
+It would be hard to say whether the porter or I was most bewildered
+by our meeting, for I, mind you, had made a long journey on the
+mountain with Fermin Majusay, looking for a certain butterfly you
+wouldn't be interested in, and had spent a whole night by the fire
+which Fermin made, while the porter had only to go to the other end
+of the courtyard of the temple of Tzin Piaôu with his water-jug. Yet
+we returned from our respective errands at the same moment, and met
+at the door of my heathen tutor's cell! The porter came within an
+ace of letting the jug fall, and I dare say I should have done the
+same thing, if I had had a jug.
+
+The old gentleman looked up at Nang and me, and into us, and through
+us, with eyes that smiled into vacancy, and at that moment, I think,
+I first began to entertain some doubts of his complete benevolence.
+
+"Well, Nang," purred the old gentleman from his slab, "what's the
+matter with you?"
+
+"Holy One," stammered the porter, "not two pipes ago I let this
+gentleman out to go on a long journey. And here he is. And he has
+not come back, for I barred the gate behind him."
+
+"Oh, well, Nang, what difference does that make?" purred the Holy
+One, soothingly. "You may go now."
+
+The porter went away, shaking his head and muttering, and my heathen
+priest and I were left alone together.
+
+"And have you had," said he, raising himself a little on his hollowed
+slab, "an easy and a pleasant journey?"
+
+"I did not go for pleasure," I answered sulkily, for I felt that he
+was mocking me.
+
+"Ah, yes," he answered quickly, "it was for instruction. I forgot.
+And did you gain instruction from my Little Gods?"
+
+"This time you sent me," I reminded him, "to see some Little Devils."
+
+The spark in his eyes flickered into flame again. "Did I!" he
+murmured, purringly as a cat. "How I keep forgetting. But after
+all, it's merely a matter of names. Did you like what you saw?"
+
+"No," I answered bluntly, "I did not. Your Little Gods, or your
+Little Devils, whatever you choose to call them, seem to me the
+veriest fiends. And cowardly fiends, at that. They catch men like
+rats, in traps, and drown them, helpless, as men drown rats."
+
+"My son," purred my old heathen priest, "I wouldn't call them
+cowards, if I were you. They might not like it."
+
+"Like it or not," said I, hotly, "they are cowards, if what I've seen
+of them is a fair sample of their ways. Do they never give a man a
+fair chance, in the open, to fight for his life, and for things
+dearer to him than life?"
+
+"For life and things dearer than life," echoed my old heathen priest,
+and yawned, ever so slightly, and stretched his old legs out on his
+slab. "Dear me, I don't see why they shouldn't. Though of course I
+know nothing about it. Suppose," he suggested, "you look that up for
+yourself. I dislike to seem selfish, but really this is an hour
+which I invariably devote to a nap."
+
+He made a little imperative, dismissing gesture with his hand, and--
+
+"An' this," says big Terry Clancy, reaching over and getting a grip
+on the little man's collar, "this is our Scuts, the married man."
+
+I never served in a company yet--and I've served in so many, first
+and last, that I'll never do anything else--I never served in a
+company yet that didn't have a bully and a fool in it. You can
+always tell them. No one ever dares to cuss out the bully, and
+somebody is all the time cussin' out the fool. In the old company
+the bully was Clancy, relieving me, as Special Orders says. We had
+some argument about it at first, being about of a size and the
+biggest men there, but Terry was younger than me, and he relieved me.
+The fool was a poor little yellow dog that we called Scuts. I don't
+even remember his name. He was the most helpless, discouraged,
+weak-eyed little _hombre_ the sun ever dodged behind a cloud to keep
+from shining on. Worse than that, he had cold feet. All through the
+China campaign he was so scared he needn't have been afraid at all.
+A bullet couldn't hit such a little wrinkled, pinched-up thing as he
+was, even if it wanted to. But of course he got it worse than if
+he'd been just plain fool. The company don't stand for cold feet.
+
+Even the officers got to jollyin' about him. "The little man," the
+Captain always called him. "H'm," grunts the Captain, the day we was
+getting it so bad in front of Tientsin. One of them club-footed
+Chinese bullets had just bored through his leg, and it looked like
+he'd bleed to death before the Doctor could fix him up. "H'm.
+Artery gone, you say? Where's the little man? He's just about the
+size to crawl in and hang onto it till you're ready to tie it. H'm."
+
+It was the boys telling that to each other, and the Old Man's sending
+down the line afterwards to know if anybody had the makings of a
+cigarette, that kept the company from breaking that day, I reckon.
+We got it hard. If the Old Man had been with us after that, Scuts
+would sure have had to go. But he being in hospital, the Lieutenant
+just took the whole outfit with him, the part that could walk,
+anyway, and Scuts went back to Manila with us, and down to Samar.
+
+"An' this," says Terry, picking Scuts off the bench and shaking him
+careless, like he was a rag baby, "is the idol of his company, the
+bold bad soldier lad that won the heart an' tuba-stand of the
+prettiest little brown girl in Samar. Boys," says he, spinning the
+little man round with a thumb and finger in the back of his neck,
+"let me present the husband of the beauteous Marie. Bow to the
+gentlemen, Scutsy."
+
+"Aw, lemme go, Terry," says Scuts, blushing pink inside of his yellow
+skin, and grinning like a puppy that's just been kicked. "Aw, you
+lemme go."
+
+"You set down, Scuts," says Terry, spinning him round again and
+laying him on the bench. "Set down an' tell us all about it. Give
+us a tip. We're all wantin' to know how you did it. We might want
+to get married ourselves some day."
+
+"Aw, you gwan," says Scuts, twistin' round, with that little damp
+grin of his. "You're joshin' me."
+
+"Man," says Terry, "'tis no josh. Honor bright, we're all envyin'
+you gettin' a fine pretty little girl like that. Eh, Casey?" he says
+to me.
+
+"Straight goods," says I. "The little man pulled down a cold hand
+that deal."
+
+"Hear that, Scutsy?" says Terry. "Come on, now, and tell us about
+it."
+
+"Aw," says Scuts, throwing a chest as big around as my arm, and
+twisting a few white hairs on his upper lip, which was his way of
+wagging his tail, "Aw," he says, "Marie, aw--I kind of helped her
+keepin' her books, y' know, showin' her how to spell the boys' names
+an' all that business, an' we got to be pretty good friends. An' one
+day she says to me, 'Scuts, all the girls but me has got American
+man, an' they laugh at me,' she says. 'Scuts, I want a 'Merican man
+myself.' 'All right,' I says, never thinkin' of myself, 'I'll tell
+the boys.' 'Scuts,' she says, 'I got plenty _dinero_ sellin' _tuba_
+to the boys, an' I likes you. You be my man.' Aw," says Scuts,
+twistin' the hairs, "I looked at her, an' I seen she was pretty
+fair-lookin', so I says, 'All right, Marie.' An' I ain't ashamed of
+it, neither," says Scuts, looking round with his big blue eyes, as
+the crowd begins to laugh. "She's 'bout th' nicest girl in this
+town, I reckon," Scuts says.
+
+"Scuts, you gobble the pot," says Terry, twisting him off the bench.
+"You run along to Marie right now, an' tell her to be sure and wrap a
+blanket round you before she puts you to bed. Wouldn't that beat
+hell, now," he says to us, watching the little man trot off
+down-town. "They're all alike," he says. "Give a white one fifty
+plunks to buy a dog, an' she'll come back with a blear-eyed,
+knock-kneed pug, and give a brown one a chance at th' company, an'
+she picks out Scuts. Marie's a good, girl, too. That's th' worst of
+it. Th' better they are th' less they know," says Terry, "an' by th'
+time they get all th' _sabe_ they need, nobody'd take th'm for a
+gift. Who's comin' over in th' grove an' drink a cocoanut?"
+
+This was along before Balangiga, and things were running easy, the
+Old Man being still in hospital, and the Lieutenant being only a boy.
+A straight boy he was, but not sure yet how he ought to take us. The
+country was quiet and the people friendly as bugs, and we got
+careless. About half the boys was sleepin' out of quarters off and
+on, and the Top didn't say anything. I don't blame him. Of course
+me and Terry and a lot of other old-timers didn't go in for that way
+of doing business, but it's different with a boy. The only home he
+has while he's in the service is the kind he can make by hanging up
+his hat and ordering the drinks, and he takes it pretty rough if you
+don't let him have that in a place like the Philippines. So we went
+drifting along with only two sentries posted, and the quarters half
+empty every night, never looking for any trouble.
+
+But one afternoon Scuts came trotting in, looking as yellow as
+Durham, and had a _hablar_ with the Top, and then they both went
+across to the Lieutenant's quarters. They didn't come out till just
+before Assembly went for Retreat, and we smelled something. Sure
+enough, orders was read to keep magazines loaded, carry two hundred
+rounds in the belt, and not be absent from quarters between sunset
+and sunrise. Soon as we were dismissed, we got after Scuts.
+
+"The natives had it fixed to rush us at night," he says. "Marie
+tipped me off. She told me not to be out of quarters to-night, an'
+th' Top, he figured out the rest," says Scuts, shortsighting, you
+might say, out into the underbrush as if he expected to see a gang of
+bolomen, and holding tight to his rifle.
+
+"An' th' lady, she had another friend," sings out Piggy O'Neil. The
+crowd laughs, and Scuts turns a dirty pink again.
+
+"Aw," he says, "she wouldn't tell me no lie. She's a good straight
+girl."
+
+Then we began to debate it, the way we always do in the Army, if it's
+only a question of how far it is from New York to the moon, and
+finally everybody called everybody else a liar and we went to sleep.
+
+In the morning everything was quiet and peaceful, so after drill the
+crowd was beginning to jolly Scuts for fair, when the operator stuck
+his head out of the window.
+
+"Come up here, some of you, for God's sake," he says, and we didn't
+stop to ask questions. He was bending over his ticker, white as a
+sheet. "I'm a fool, all right," he says, "but this is sure gettin'
+on my nerve. There was a message started to go through from
+Balangiga ten minutes ago, and all to once-- Hear that!" he says.
+The machine gave a jerky little chatter. "It's like a man sendin' in
+his sleep," says the operator. "For ten mortal minutes that thing
+has been stuttering halves of words."
+
+"Who is it?" asks Terry.
+
+"Murphy's sendin'," says the operator.
+
+"Then he's jokin' with ye," says Terry. "Billy always was a great
+hand for his--"
+
+"Huh?" grunts the operator, bending over, as she begun to stutter
+again.
+
+"What's he saying?" somebody asked, but the operator didn't seem to
+hear him. Then all at once he began to talk in a voice that didn't
+belong to him.
+
+"Balangiga," he read, "seven-ten A.M. Company--attacked
+by--bolomen--while at--breakfast. Rifles in quarters. Fought
+with--dishes and--knives and forks--but--no good--"
+
+[Illustration: "_Fought with--dishes and--knives and forks._"]
+
+"God!" says somebody, and a dozen say, "Shut up."
+
+But the operator didn't seem to mind. "Look out for--yourselves," he
+read. And then he begun to call out a list of names, very slow, and
+between each one you could hear the crowd draw a long breath.
+"Sullivan--Brewster--Fleishart--Nickerson--"
+
+"Is that Tommy Nickerson?" says somebody.
+
+"Shut up," says Terry.
+
+"But Tommy was my bunky for three--"
+
+"--Slavin--" reads the operator--"Kelly--Hunt--" and so he goes on,
+Terry checking off till we thought he never would stop.
+"Fourty-five, fourty-six, fourty-seven, fourty-eight," he says. Then
+the machine stopped talking. "That's all," says Terry.
+"Fourty-eight good men that they've killed--"
+
+"Huh?" grunts the man again, and then the machine began to click very
+slow, and the operator's eyes bulged out of his head. "Murphy!" he
+says. "Christ," he says, "it can't be Murphy. Murphy's sendin'.
+Billy," he says, jabbing at his key and then listening. The machine
+clicked once or twice and then stopped. The operator turns round to
+us. "It's Billy," he says. "Billy's been sendin' this, an' he's
+dead." The big fellow just dropped down on his table and cried.
+
+We looked at him and we looked at each other, and then we went
+down-stairs on tiptoe, like there was a dyin' man in the house.
+"Fourty-nine," says Terry, whispering like--"fourty-nine men of the
+regiment killed at breakfast, with no show to help themselves. God!
+And we might a got the same thing only--Scuts," he says, "where's
+that little woman o' yours?"
+
+"Warn't she straight?" says Scuts, throwing his chest.
+
+"You poor fool," Terry shouts, "go and get her up here before those
+devils suspect she told us. Take your rifle, damn you," he says, as
+the little man trotted off. "Fourty-nine o' them killed fightin'
+with their mess-kits. God!"
+
+Just as we was getting into our kits, Scuts comes back. "I can't
+find her," he says. "I ast her mother, an' she just grinned at me,"
+he says, staring out of the window as if he expects to see her there.
+"I can't find her," he says. "Terry, do you s'pose--"
+
+"Scuts," Terry yells at him, "you get ready to go out on this patrol
+with us. Do you hear, or have I got to bat you?" he says, like he
+meant it.
+
+We scouted down through the town, the people smiling at us just as
+friendly as ever, and never a sign of Marie could we get. So we
+swung out through the paddies and circled the town, coming back
+toward the quarters through the grove of cocoa-palms. The Lieutenant
+was on the point, and all at once he stopped short. We pushed up,
+and there, tied to a big palm-tree, was something I've tried hard to
+forget. 'Twouldn't have been so bad if she had just been dead, but
+all at once she--
+
+"They cut her all to pieces an' it didn't kill her," says Scuts,
+surprised like.
+
+The Lieutenant pulls his gun. "Right or wrong, I can't stand that,"
+he says, and fires.
+
+The little man never flinched at the report. "They cut her all to
+pieces, an' it didn't kill her," he says again, kind of like a
+phonograph.
+
+"You get out of here, Scuts," says Terry, grabbing him by the
+shoulder and whirling him round.
+
+"You leave me be," whines the little man. "God!" he says. "Cut her
+like that, an' it didn't kill her! An' her such a soft little
+thing--"
+
+"Damn you, Scuts," says Terry, "will you cut it out, or have I got to
+break your head?"
+
+"Aw, you lemme alone," whines Scuts, meek as ever. "I'm a goin',
+ain't I?" And he turns and trots back to quarters, never saying
+another word.
+
+When we told the boys, there was cursing like you won't hear often
+outside the service, but after Terry had took them out in the grove
+in squads of half a dozen, they just stopped talking and sat down
+quiet in the sun, cleaning their rifles and looking at the town over
+across the parade. All at once, a rifle cracked, and a native over
+there cut for cover like a hen. The Lieutenant came running down.
+
+"Whose gun was that?" he asks.
+
+Old John Slattery, the oldest man in the company, with twenty-eight
+years in, gets up slow and stiff, and salutes. "Mine, sir," he says.
+"I was workin' the cartridges out of the magazine, an' she must've
+gone off accidental."
+
+The boy just looks at us for about a minute. "The next one of you
+that fires a shot without orders," he says, "will stand up against
+the convent wall there in front of a squad, if I'm the only man in
+the squad. When the time comes," he says, "you'll have all the
+shooting you want. Until then, you'll leave the natives alone, or
+you'll have to kill me."
+
+It was hard holding in, thinking of Marie over there among the
+palm-trees, and the boys in Balangiga, and Billy Murphy making his
+little speech over the wire; but the Lieutenant was right, and when
+the orders did come, we didn't have any kick coming about the way he
+let us carry them out. It was the roughest little old fighting I've
+ever been through.
+
+You'd naturally thought the little man would brace up and get into
+it, after seeing what he'd seen. But he just got peakeder and meeker
+every day. Seemed like he was half asleep, and only woke up long
+enough to talk about his dreams. And his talk was enough to drive
+you loco.
+
+One night we'd just come into camp, when Terry pitched his rifle away
+and dug for his boot as fast as he could. "Damn that ant," he says.
+"Who'd think a little thing like that could bite worse'n a good big
+horse-fly?"
+
+"Terry," says Scuts, "how do you reckon it feels to have millions of
+red ants crawlin' all over you, an' you all cut an'--"
+
+"Damn you, Scuts," says Terry, reaching for him and cuffing him,
+"will you shut up?"
+
+At last one day we ran into them in full force in a little meadow
+that was broken up with clumps of bamboo and tall grass. We started
+firing in close order, for it's dangerous to get spread out in
+country like that, when you're fighting men with knives. But after a
+while, them rushing first one side of the line and then the other,
+and us getting after them with the bayonet, we opened out. Finally
+we got 'em going just like we wanted 'em, in bunches. We'd fire as
+they ran till they had to drop into cover, and then we'd rush 'em
+with the bayonet and butt. It was the easiest sort of going, more
+like chasing rabbits than men, and when the recall blowed we had only
+five men missing, Scuts among them. The Lieutenant sent out half a
+dozen of us to hunt them up, and in a little hollow, 'way ahead of
+where anybody else had gone, we found the little man lying curled up
+on his face looking comfortable, the way a man that's been killed
+quick most always does. Around him there was a heap of dead natives,
+no wounded ones. Terry turned him over. He had a bolo in his hand,
+and he was smiling his little weak-eyed smile.
+
+"The son of a gun!" says Terry, gulping. "The damn little son of a
+gun! What the hell are you fellers standin' there for?" he says to
+us, picking up the little man and laying him over his shoulder.
+"There's four other lads you've got to find before sundown."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+A LITTLE RIPPLE OF PATRIOTISM
+
+"You are bold, my son, at any rate," murmured my heathen priest,
+blandly smiling through me into vacancy. "The last man to knock at
+the gate of Tzin Piaôu with his foot, found the foot grown fast to
+the stone. They had to cut it off to set him free. That must have
+been a hundred years ago, more or less. I forget. The foot, with
+the gate-post attached to it, is standing in the Great Hall of the
+Images. Relic, you know. It's rather interesting, it's so out of
+the common run of relics. You might like to glance at it?"
+
+"No, indeed," I said hastily. Something in my old gentleman's
+blandness was anything but reassuring. "I beg Tzin Piaôu's pardon, I
+am sure," said I. "And," said I, pulling out my purse, "if in my
+hurry I was unfortunate enough to injure the door in any way, I'd be
+more than glad--"
+
+"Not at all, not at all," my old gentleman assured me. "It's a very
+solid door, indeed."
+
+"I'm so glad of that," said I, putting up my purse.
+
+"Still," purred the old gentleman thoughtfully, "of course one can
+never tell just how a god may feel about irreverence. In cases of
+doubt, the small precaution of an offering--"
+
+I handed him a piece of gold, and he stowed it away, very carefully,
+in his girdle, just over the pit of his stomach. "My son," he said
+benignantly, "through me, his representative, T'zin Piaôu deigns to
+thank you and assure you that all is forgotten."
+
+Receiving the thanks of a god was such an unwonted experience to me
+that I was not sure I could acknowledge them in proper form. So I
+bowed, and held my tongue. There are worse moves, in tight places,
+for one who can bow with dignity.
+
+"And now, my son," said my old gentleman, poking subconsciously with
+the forefinger of his right hand at a hard spot just over his
+stomach, "tell me what has put you out. For you are put out."
+
+"It's your infernal Little Gods," said I, boldly. "I'm sick of them."
+
+"My infernal Little Gods!" he murmured. "What a curious conjunction
+of contradictory terms. And so you are sick of them. Why?"
+
+"Their taste seems to run wholly to Tragedy," I complained, "and such
+dingy Tragedy. And such unnecessary Tragedy. How they do work to
+entangle some childish negro giant, some weak simpleton of a common
+soldier--"
+
+My old gentleman yawned, hard as he strove to conceal the fact. "You
+must excuse me," he purred, when he saw that I had seen, "but really,
+at this hour-- Suppose," he suggested, sinking back on his slab,
+"you watch a Farce or two, by way of change. How will that do?"
+
+"If you think there are any Farces in the Orient," I said doubtfully,
+"I'm sure I'd be very glad--"
+
+"It's easy to find out," said he, and moved his hand a little, and--I
+heard a voice speaking, an even, drawling, dryly humorous voice.
+This is what it said.
+
+
+"Want passes, eh? Twelve-hour passes? H'm," says the Captain. Me
+and Big Terry Clancy and three or four others was standin' up in
+front of him with three months' pay in our blouses, lookin' pleasant
+and harmless for a fare-ye-well. "H'm," he says, "you're a fine
+bunch. Can you remember you're in Maniller now, not Samar?"
+
+"We can, sir," says Terry.
+
+"H'm. Take your mouth out fr'm under your chin, Clancy," says th'
+Old Man. "It looks better. H'm. Well, go along with ye, and if ye
+get into trouble ast th' Lord to have mercy on your crazy heads, for
+ye know well by this time that I won't," he says.
+
+With that he signs the passes, an' that's where he let us all in for
+it. Yes, sir, me and Terry an' th' Old Man and the Regiment and the
+Little Brown Brother and the C.G. all had ours comin' right then,
+on'y we didn't know about it, not yet. We thought we was just
+homeward bound, and we wanted a little fun with Maniller to make up
+for the deeprivations of the Samar campaign. We got it all right.
+
+"H'm," says the Captain, dealin' us the passes. "I'm sorry f'r
+Maniller, but ye have earned a little reelaxation. Don't forget
+you're f'r guard to-morrer, Casey," he says to me, an' we saluted an'
+hit th' trail.
+
+Terry and me clumb into a two-wheeled chicken-coop wagon outside the
+Barracks, and th' horse not bein' only boy's size we lifted him by
+th' slings, th' pair of us, and just naturally wandered on tiptoe
+down to th' New Bridge. They give you th' biggest schooner of San
+Magill f'r your _peseta_ there. New Bridge is th' name. Anybody can
+tell you.
+
+We had some beers, and then we went across to Mrs. Smith's, and got a
+steak that never seen a tin can, and then we went back to the New
+Bridge and met up with some more of th' Army. There was an
+Engineer't could deal himself th' coldest hand of talk I ever bucked
+up against, and two Coast Artillerys, and a Marine, an Irishman named
+Schleimacher, that Clancy remembered helpin' to stuff a jade idol
+into his blouse, up in Peking those happy days. Maybe there was
+others. I don't remember.
+
+I don't remember a whole lot of things about that day. Some way, the
+beer was cold, and along in the middle of th' afternoon my thoughts
+got to herdin' close, an' it was more'n I could do to cut some of
+th'm out of th' bunch an' read th' brands on th'm. There must a been
+strays around, too, for all of-a sudden I got to cryin' about me dear
+ould mither an' th' little cabin--_Me_! I was born in Springfield,
+Massachusetts, in a tenement, and I pulled my freight for Arizona as
+soon as I could walk. But I sure was cryin' about that thought,
+whoever it belonged to, and the Engineer ast me what th' trouble was,
+and I told on myself.
+
+"Gentlemen o' France," says he--I ain't quotin' him exact, f'r I'm no
+college graduate--"Gentlemen o' France, and Ireland, what say you to
+charterin' a couple of wagons, large, glad wagons with rubber tires,
+and carryin' our brother out to refresh his homesick eyes on th'
+emerald, sunburnt sod of th' Luneta, whilst Professor Lovering's
+gu-gu band flirts with sweet music and we watches th' sunset glow on
+Mariveles?"
+
+Yes, sir, right off'n th' bat he showed down a hand of talk like
+that, all aces an' better. It fazed us f'r a minute. He was a warm
+boy, that Engineer. But old Terry was game.
+
+"Son of th' pick-axe an' th' thebobolite," he says, startin' to play
+up, "lead on," he says, "that is--if--if ye mean go to th' band
+concert, we're with ye while th' money lasts," he finishes, winded.
+
+So we gets a couple of victoriers, two horses apiece, footmen and
+all, and strikes for th' Luneta, makin' full as much show as any
+civilian clerk in th' Q.M.D. More, maybe, f'r that Irishman
+Schleimacher wants to put his feet up on th' box. We tried to make
+him ride decent, but th' Engineer butted in. "Let him be," he says.
+"Otherwise what's th' use of th' footman, anyway?" So Sly kep' them
+up there, and I reckon we attracted a lot of attention that didn't
+cost us a cent.
+
+By the time we got out there by the beach, th' air had cleared up my
+head some, and I sat up and began to take notice. And about the
+first thing I noticed hard was Terry. He'd quit talkin', an' there
+was a hell uv a disdainful look on that two-foot face of his, and he
+took off his hat to the flagpole when we went by it, second trip
+round. I'd ought to have stopped th' game right then. There's two
+kinds of Irish, if y' ever noticed,--common wild ones that generally
+has the luck to meet Old Trouble when she comes marchin' down th'
+street, comp'ny front; and th' fancy kind that could recruit a whole
+bunch o' trouble right in th' middle of Paco bone-heap. Terry's that
+last kind, and when he gets low-spirited and patriotic and full of
+beer, it's time to hunt for the tall and uncut.
+
+Well, the band kep' on a playin', an' th' sun kep' on a settin' and
+we kep' on a drivin' round and round that mangy bunch o' grass, and
+ev'ry trip Terry got glummer and glummer. After a while, he says to
+me: "Look at th' pretty ladies, Casey, all th' pretty ladies in white
+dresses an' talcum powder, if not worse. An' spot th' gay young
+grafters in th' morgidged rigs. You and me can't speak to th' likes
+of them, Casey. We're nothin' but soldiers. That's all. Just
+soldiers, gettin' it in th' neck for fifteen-sixty per. Oh, hell!"
+he says, and spits hard and straight at a swell native in white
+clothes, that was waitin' for us to pass, "Look at him with shoes on,
+like a white man! Ain't there a ripple o' patriotism in th' whole
+damned outfit? There's th' old flag flyin' up above th'm, an' they
+never think of it. Just ride around and flirt with each other, and
+let natives walk around with shoes on, like white men. They make me
+sick. I'm on'y a soldier, an' I suppose th' Army is th' on'y place
+f'r lads like me and you--" he says.
+
+He's ready to cry, an' th' Engineer butts in to change th' subjick.
+
+"So say our long-suffering parents and sweethearts," he says.
+
+"Pontoons," says Terry, talkin' fr'm about an inch below his
+stummick, "you're a lively lad with y'r tongue, but ye lack dep'. I
+ain't known ye long, an' I hope I ain't to know ye much longer, but I
+can see ye lack more dep' 'n any man I ever met. There's moments in
+th' life of a real man ye couldn't no more understand 'n a Chinese
+storekeeper. An' this is one of th'm," he says, pullin' his hat down
+over his eyes.
+
+He didn't say no more, but when th' nigger band struck up th'
+Umpty-dee-he-hee-_heee_ music, to show it was all over now, Terry got
+up slow and stiff, and threw a chest and squeezed his hat to his left
+breast and stood there in th' rig, lookin' considerable like some
+gen'rals you and me've seen. He kep' on standin' there after th'
+music had stopped, and after a while it got tiresome, and th'
+Engineer told th' _cochero_ to _sigue_ ahead.
+
+"_Hindi!_" says Terry. "Don't you believe it. You're like all th'
+rest," he says to us, plumb disgusted. "You call yourselves
+soldiers, and all you think about is just chow. Chow, at a moment
+like this! There ain't a ripple of patriotism in the whole bunch of
+ye big enough to grease a twenty-two cartridge." And he made us drive
+up and down th' Malecon twice in th' moonlight before he'd go to
+supper.
+
+While we was chowin', he kep' gettin' grumper an' grumper, and after
+supper, when th' Engineer wanted to be gettin' back to quarters--he
+was livin' over'n old Santiaygo--Terry just busted loose.
+
+"Pontoons," he says, "I t'ought you was a man. You're big enough f'r
+one. Run away an' join th' Naytional Guard. Go an' be a
+pinkety-pink Vol'nteer, an' tell th' nurs'ry-sergeant not to wake you
+up without your p'rmission. Go an' dog-rob f'r a c'mission. Go an'
+do this an' do that," he says, thinkin' up a whole lot of places f'r
+th' Engineer to go, till fin'lly he got so ugly-ugly we took him into
+th' New Bridge again, and bought him a drink to calm him down.
+
+It didn't do no good. He kep' one eye on his glass an' th' other on
+the Engineer, an' slung hot air till you wouldn't think a big guy
+like that would stand f'r it. But th' Engineer just grins and drinks
+his beer.
+
+"Gentlemen," he says, "gentlemen and friend Clancy, there's a
+hard-hearted son of Plymouth Rock commands th' comp'ny that'll be
+roundin' up all th' poor little devils to check roll-call six times a
+day before he's been dead a month. He'll mult me a month's pay f'r
+missin' Retreat to-night--not that th' pleasure of enjoyin' you ain't
+worth th' price," he says to Terry, "but I might just as well miss
+Taps now, an' get a month in th' jug besides. What's th' use of
+freedom without money? To-night we have both, and we'll pour them
+out like blood, to soothe th' feelin's of a friend whose heart is sad
+to think th' flag which decked his cradle now floats over th'
+school-houses of th' brave but ex-tremely eelusive Fillypeeners."
+
+Terry's mouth sort of hung open when th' Engineer struck his pace,
+but he brightened up quick as he got on to the drift of it.
+
+"Ye read my feelin's like a _padre_," he says to him, "an' I like
+your build. If you was on'y in th' comp'ny, it's many a fight we'd
+have together, an' we may have one even yet. Here's lookin' at ye!
+You're a soldier, you are, and a gentleman. Here's how."
+
+Of course we had a beer on the Engineer after that, and two on the
+Coast Artillerys, who'd been sayin' little all day and drinkin'
+hearty. Th' poor devils get that way, bein' stationed mostly near
+big cities like Portland, Maine, an' Guam, where chanstes are few
+since th' Christian Temp'rance persons got their strangle-holt. And
+then our A.O.H. friend, Schleimacher, sets them up an' says:
+"Fellers, a sailor like me--"
+
+"Don't you miscall yourself; you're more of soldier than a heap of
+th' muts I herd with," says Terry, takin' a sling at us, "but ye do
+loot like a sailor," he says.
+
+"I'm a soldier at sea, all right," says th' Marine. "I'm seasick as
+an Army Transport ev'ry trip. I was talkin' when you butted in. A
+sailor like me don't have many look-ins f'r what you might call
+reefined amusements. Cavite's mostly give up to drill an'
+cock-fights. I moves we all go to a nigger theayter to-night, where
+there's sure to be plenty doin', such as it is."
+
+We went, victoriers and all, and Old Trouble must a been howlin' f'r
+joy to see us comin'. When we got there, there was a big crowd
+outside, and we got wedged up against one of th' stands where th'
+girls sell bananas and cigarettes an' such truck. One of th'm--a
+pretty good-lookin' girl she was, too--smiles at Terry, and he opens
+up a conversation, and fin'lly he says to me: "'Tis a long time since
+I've et a hard-boiled egg. I'm goin' to have a couple if they're
+fresh.
+
+"_Frescoes?_" he asts, pointin' to the eggs. "_Wavoes frescoes?_"
+_Fresco_ means cool in common bamboo Spanish, but he was usin' a
+private Castilian brand of his own. "_Wavoes frescoes?_" he asts.
+"Is the eggs cool?" Th' girl laughs.
+
+"_Como helados, chiquito mio_," she says, laughin'. "Like ice, my
+honey-bunch," she says.
+
+"Give me two, then, an' keep th' change," says Terry. "_Dos_!
+You're a neat little gu-gu," he says, holdin' up his two fingers.
+
+He broke one of his eggs, and he dropped it quick.
+
+"Ye little merrocker-leather daughter o' sin and shame," he says to
+th' girl--I ain't quotin' _him_ exact neither--"ye little
+two-f'r-a-cent bunch o' calicker," he says, mixin' in some other
+words on the side, "bein' a lady, I can't say what I think of you,
+but it ain't such a hell uv a much. Don't ye grin at _me_! I might
+have _et_ that! If it had on'y knowed enough to _peep_," he says to
+us, "it needn't never have got boiled alive. _Wavoes frescoes_!
+Damn a country where a pretty girl will lie to you f'r half a cent.
+I'll keep th' other one till I'm sure hungry," he says, an' slips his
+other egg into his pocket.
+
+He kep' on mutterin' to himself while he was squeezin' up to th'
+little window, and a good tight squeeze we had. Y' see, old Ma
+Trouble[1] had c'llected a special crowd f'r the occasion, but we
+never noticed that. We just hiked ahead, and havin' plenty of
+money--though little of it was left by that time--we bought a box,
+and went in.
+
+
+[1] It is interesting to note that Private Casey himself seems half
+aware that some maliciously mirthful over-power is concerned in his
+adventures. But why does he feminize it?
+
+
+Maybe you've never been in a gu-gu theayter. Th' floor is th'
+ground, an' that's the orchestray. Around that runs a row of boxes
+without any fronts or backs or tops or sides. Behind them is th'
+balcony. Well, we swell guys pikes up to our box and starts in to be
+th' real thing. In one of them theayters you want to keep your hat
+on till th' curtain rises, an' smoke cigarettes an' look round at th'
+women. They expects it. That was easy f'r us, an' th' Engineer gets
+up a two-handed game of eyes with a chocolate-colored dame that
+begins to look entanglin'. But Terry broke it up.
+
+"Turn round," he says. "Cut it out. She'll be settin' in your lap
+in a minute, an' stealin' th' buttons off'n your blouse. Don't ye
+trust any of th'm," he says. "_Wavoes frescoes!_"
+
+And right there old Ma plays her joker. That drayma we'd come so far
+to see was called "Kahapon--" but maybe you don't _sabe hablar_
+Fillypeener. "Yesterday, To-day, and To-morrer," was th' name. Th'
+first act was Yesterday. That was Spain. There was nothin' much
+doin' f'r a while. Just talkin' slow an' keepin' your hand on your
+knife, a good deal like that Greaser show that come to San Antone
+once. But after a while, a priest showed up. He was one of th'
+Friars, and they knocked him down first off, an' then they kicked him
+all over th' stage, and sat on him and raised a rough-house with him
+for fair. Them _Frailes_ must a been a long-sufferin' bunch,
+Yesterday.
+
+They'd just tossed him out of sight, when a lot of Spanish soldiers
+come on and th' real shootin' begun. Well, sir, th' Fillypeeners
+cleaned them Greasers out for keeps, an' th' little leadin' lady
+grabs th' Spanish flag an' rips it up th' middle an' promenades on
+th' pieces. Th' house went wild at that, and while they was clappin'
+an' shoutin', the sun of Fillypeener liberty begun to rise at th'
+back of the stage. It was a shaky old sun with three K's on its
+face, like freckles. I see Terry fumblin' in his pocket for
+somethin', and then, just as th' sun is gettin' fairly up, somethin'
+puts th' poor thing's eye out, and th' curtain falls quick.
+
+"_Wavoes frescoes!_" Terry sings out.
+
+Well, sir, things livened up somethin' wonderful just about then.
+All th' natives in th' place, about a thousand of th'm, begun to yowl
+like cats and crowd toward our box, and half a dozen Spaniards, or
+half-Spaniards, was yellin' "_Brayvo el Americano!_" and some
+Americans that was scattered round th' audience was movin' up at th'
+double without sayin' anythin'.
+
+"Nothin' doin', boys," Terry yells to them, standin' up, and a big
+man he looked. "Scat!" he says to th' natives. "_Sigue Dagupan_,
+you _Kittycattypunanos_, before I chew you up," he says, and makes
+like he was goin' to jump down among th'm.
+
+They scatted all right, and we pulled Terry down, quiet enough, on'y
+his shoulders was twitchin' under his blouse. "Casey," he says to
+me, "I always took the Fillypeeners f'r Catholics till I seen th'm
+maul that _padre_, an' I've been gentle with th'm on that account.
+God help th' next one I lay foot to."
+
+"I mistrust this is one of th' seditious plays we read about," th'
+Engineer whispers to me, "and I reckon To-day will be worse than
+Yesterday, f'r the big man. Hadn't we better get him out of here?"
+
+"His patriotism is sure ripplin' lively," I says.
+
+"An' did ye never read th' po'm," says th' lad, "about th' pebble
+dropped in th' middle of th' ocean, an' th' ripples it kicked up?"
+
+"I never read no po'try," I says, "if I see it first, but
+something'll be kicked up f'r keeps, if Terry ever drops down in that
+crowd." And then th' house quieted down, an' th' curtain went up f'r
+th' next act.
+
+To-day was us, th' Americans. A little gen'ral with pompydoor
+hair--that looked natchral--walked round f'r a while, hablaring to
+his crowd, and then six men in khaki came in, carryin' th' flag, and
+th' other gang began to shoot them up. It warn't pretty to watch,
+on'y we didn't have time to watch it much. Th' Engineer an' me had
+one of Terry's arms, and Schleimacher was tryin' to keep a hand over
+his mouth and not get bit. Th' talk he was tryin' to make was
+shockin'. But we held him all right till th' Americans was lyin'
+round th' stage picturesque and dead as hell. An' then th' little
+girl grabs th' flag, and you could hear the audience draw a long
+breath.
+
+I didn't think she'd dare to do it, but I suppose it was on th'
+programme and they didn't want to give no money back. Sure enough
+she spits on it an' tosses it on th' floor, and then--well, Terry
+brushes the Engineer and me out of his way, and steps up on the edge
+of the box and makes his little speech. "Boys!" he yells, "remember
+Balangiga an' th' rest of th' tricks they've played us. That's th'
+flag," and he hops down to the floor.
+
+"Come on," I yells to the Engineer. "If he gets on that stage alone,
+it'll be murder," and down we jumps.
+
+It was like slippin' off a ford into quick water. The women was
+screechin' and the men howlin' and the boys behind us was laughin'
+and shoutin' and bangin' every head that came their way, and some
+fool begun to let off a gun into the roof. But th' Engineer and me
+just kep' on down that aisle after Terry. Just when he reached th'
+musicians, the curtain came down, but he picks a fiddler, fiddle and
+all, and tosses him into th' rotten old cloth like a sack of beans,
+and goes through th' hole after him.
+
+But it stopped him up enough so't the Engineer and me clumb through
+onto the stage right behind him. We piled onto him just as he was
+makin' a rush f'r a bunch of actors, and there was a good lively
+mix-up f'r a few seconds. Men began to come through the curtain in a
+dozen places, and th' racket in the house doubled up. I don't know
+just everythin' that happened, f'r th' minute Terry gave in a bit, we
+drug him out th' back way and cut up an alley, never stoppin' to find
+out where Schleimacher and the Artillerys was. And I s'pose them
+victoriers is out front there yet, waitin' for their money. And I'll
+bet there never was no To-morrer in that drayma, not that night.
+
+We got out onto the corner where there's a saloon, and then we
+stopped to listen. Same as always, the minute Terry couldn't do no
+more harm, he was gentle as a child. "There's patriotism around all
+right," he says, cockin' his head toward the racket back at the
+theayter. "It on'y needs somebody to stir it up. I'll bet anybody
+five to one in beers that somebody gets hurt out of this before it's
+over," he says, as a extry loud howl and a ripple of shots busts
+loose fr'm the theayter, and a patrol-wagon comes ting-tingin' it
+down the street. "I make it beer," says Terry, "because I'm thirsty."
+
+"Take you and lose," says th' Engineer. "Step in here and we'll pay
+up one of th'm now."
+
+So we stepped in there, and we stepped in sev'ral other places, till
+we sort of got th' habit. I reckon we traveled all over Maniller
+after that, and had beers with about half th' Army. Th' last thing I
+remember, Terry had got patriotic again, an' was sayin' a po'm about
+th' flag. Then my thoughts got to advancin' in regimental formation,
+and I sort of went to sleep.
+
+Th' dinky little guard-mount march was goin' next mornin'--I reckon
+it was next mornin'--when I woke up, so I knew somethin' was wrong.
+I reached f'r my rifle, me bein' warned for guard that day, and I
+found I was in th' guard-house a'ready, and Terry was poundin' his
+ear on a bunk beside me. My head felt like a caraboo had walked on
+it, an' I yelled to the sentry for water.
+
+"The ice-water's over'n th' corner, same as always," he says, peekin'
+in through th' bars. "You sure ain't forgotten this quick?"
+
+"What did we do?" I asts him, sizzlin' down about a quart in one gulp.
+
+"What didn't ye do? Pers'nally ye did up three of us while we was
+puttin' you in th' cooler here. Ye came home singin' in a
+carrermatter 'bout 3 A.M., an' Terry wanted to bring th' _cochero_ in
+an' kneel him in front of th' flagpole an' cut his head off. You was
+tryin' to borry a bay'net f'r th' ceremony. But I guess you'll get
+to rememberin' most all you did, and some more, before th' Old Man
+gets through with you. He's had a squad of cops _and_ an orderly
+fr'm headquarters to call on him a'ready this mornin'. Fr'm what
+they said, I should judge you tried to bust up the little old Civil
+Gov'ment and clean up the L.B.B. Don't be bashful about th' water,"
+he says. "It's all f'r you."
+
+While I was sloshin' ice-water over my head, Terry woke up. We sat
+on the edges of our bunks and talked it all over. We didn't feel
+real affectionate. We was still talkin', sort of aimless but
+effective, when the guard came an' took us out to the orderly-room
+and lined us up in front of th' Old Man.
+
+"H'm," he says, swingin' back in his chair. "Do ye desire to call
+any witnesses to prove ye didn't do it?"
+
+"No, sir," we both says quick. We'd known him f'r some time.
+
+"H'm. That's lucky f'r you," he says. "I don't mind havin' men try
+to run my guard at three in th' mornin'," he says, talkin' to the
+ceilin' like an old friend, "nor tryin' to murder a coachman on my
+p'rade-ground, nor blackin' th' eye of th' sergeant of th' guard.
+H'm. Ye've got to ex-pect them little things fr'm real soldiers, of
+course," he says. "H'm. But when I have to drive away six policemen
+before breakfast who've came to arrest two of my men f'r assaultin'
+several hundred natives all to onct, I've got to draw th' line.
+There's eddy-toryals about them men in all th' native papers this
+mornin', or so I am informed accordin' to th' best of my ability, and
+in th' _Cable-News_. A brutal attack on peaceable, well-disposed
+Fillypeeners, and on hundreds of th'm at that, is an assault to the
+foundations of government which I can't overlook. H'm."
+
+"She spit on th' flag, sir," says Terry.
+
+"Th' Colonel wanted them men for a G.C.M. this mornin'," says the Old
+Man, "to say nothin' of what th' civil authorities want th'm for, and
+that's a whole lot. But there ain't been a gen'ral pris'ner out of
+this comp'ny for five year now, and I persuaded the Commandin'
+Officer that I could attend to th' case. H'm. What do you think
+about that, Casey?"
+
+"Yessir," I says.
+
+"H'm. And Clancy?"
+
+"Yessir," Terry says.
+
+"H'm," says he, "y'r confidence in me is flatterin'. I'll try not to
+disappoint ye," he says, and gets up an' goes limpin' round th' room
+on his Tientsin leg. He walks around there f'r five minutes, anyway,
+before he says a word. Fin'lly he stops and looks out of the window.
+"A very pretty p'rade-ground we have here, Mr. Boyd," he says to the
+Lieutenant.
+
+"Very pretty, sir," says the Lieutenant, puzzled to know what the Old
+Man would be carin' about parade-grounds just then.
+
+He hadn't served with him as long as me and Clancy had. You remember
+how the old barracks is built, in a hollow square round a p'rade big
+enough f'r a regimental corral, with th' post flagstaff stickin' up
+in th' middle, and lookin' about three hundred foot high?
+
+"H'm," says th' Captain, gazin' out of his window. "Very pretty,
+indeed. But do you notice how the grass is growin' up between th'
+flagstones in the paths? That's not neat, Mr. Boyd. That's not
+fittin' in a place where the shadder of th' Flag must fall," he says,
+glancin' at us. "H'm. They tell me you're becomin' somethin' of a
+patriot, Clancy?"
+
+"Yessir," says Terry.
+
+"H'm. And Casey?"
+
+"Yessir," I says.
+
+"That's fine," says th' Old Man. "That's a pleasant surprise. H'm.
+But I hear ye have been wastin' y'r patriotism in wild firin'," he
+says. "It's too vallyouble to waste, 'specially in Maniller. I must
+try to help you make it flow in a gentle, steady stream. H'm. If
+you let it fly in chunks, it closely resimbles annichy," he says,
+"'specially in Maniller. H'm. Sentry, march these men to the p'rade
+and see that they pluck the grass, all the grass, between the stones,
+tie it in bundles of fifty stalks, neat bundles, and place the
+bundles at the foot of the post flagstaff. H'm. And, Sentry, see
+that after depositin' each bundle, they retire twelve paces and
+salute their flag before resumin' work. After you have cleaned th'
+p'rade," he says to us, "I trust I shall be able to find some other
+work for you. If ye either of you feel y'r patriotism flaggin' under
+th' strain, just tell th' sentry and he will bring you in to me and I
+will try to revive it. H'm. You understand, Sentry?"
+
+"Yessir," says th' sentry. His mouth was twistin' up on him, an' th'
+Lieutenant's, an' everybody's, but just us and the Old Man's. He
+looks sort of surprised.
+
+"Is they any jokes around here I ain't noticed?" he says. "I do love
+a joke. H'm. You seen any, Clancy?"
+
+"Nossir," says Terry, pretty sick.
+
+The sentry grinned all th' time he was marchin' us out, an' the news
+spread quick, and they was grins to meet us all the way. An' then
+th' sentry begins to guy us.
+
+"You've skipped a stalk on y'r left flank, Clancy," he says. "I
+shall have to report it. And tie th'm in neat bundles of twelve
+stalks, is the orders, retire fifty paces, and salute th' flag."
+
+"Cut it out, Skinny," says Terry. "He said bundles of fifty. I
+heard him m'self."
+
+"Bundles o' hell an' fifty paces," says Skinny. "You can go an' ast
+_him_ if ye won't believe _me_. Wouldn't ye like, perhaps, to go an'
+ast him? I'll march ye in with pleasure."
+
+"Have y'r laugh while ye've got a place f'r it," says Terry. "I'll
+make y'r face over for ye, ye hyeener, when I get a chanst."
+
+"Intimidatin' a sentry," says Skinny, but he shut up, far as talk
+went. On'y he made a bugle of his nose, an' begun to hum little
+tunes through it, and then th' crowd begun driftin' out on th'
+verandahs and caught on, and all you could hear was that whole damn
+parrot-faced battalion blowin' through their noses,
+Umpty-dee-he-hee-_heee_-he-he-_hee_-hum-hum-_hum_!
+
+Terry and me said nothin' and picked busy f'r a while, but about th'
+hundre'th bundle th' hot stones and th' sun an' yesterday's beer an'
+th' crowd loafin' in th' cool verandahs an' ev'rything else all took
+holt of me to onct.
+
+"You're an ornament to th' Service," I says, tryin' to crawl into th'
+shadder of the pole. 'Twas about a mile long and an inch wide.
+
+"Stow y'r face," says Terry, tyin' a bundle with a thumb big as three
+of it.
+
+"I'd enjoy tellin' you what I think of you," I says, "on'y I can't
+think of it all to onct. How's y'r patriotism ripplin' now?" I says.
+"Looka th' Flag, th' dear old Flag, floatin' up above y'r crazy head."
+
+Terry swallers hard. "Casey," he says, "I may uv let ye in f'r this,
+but--" He picks up his little bundle and carries it over to th' foot
+of th' pole. Then he falls back and salutes. Then he comes over to
+me, an' his face was blossomin' into a grin! Yessir, there was a
+hole in them rugged features of his you could've shoved a
+blanket-roll into. "Oh, Casey," he says, "Casey, man, if th' Old Boy
+soaks it to us this way f'r what we done, wouldn't ye, oh, wouldn't
+ye just like to see what he'd a done to that theayter, if he was
+runnin' this little old town?"
+
+An' thinkin' of that, I grinned too.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE SUPERFALOUS MAN
+
+I came back, but I am not certain that I had ever left the old temple
+of Tzin Piaôu. I roused, then, but I am not sure that I had been
+asleep. However it may have been, I was conscious of being there in
+the temple of Tzin Piaôu for a moment, long enough to observe that my
+old heathen priest, half reclining on his slab, was thoughtfully
+fingering a hard lump in his girdle, just over the pit of his stomach.
+
+But the moment he saw me looking at him, he made an imperative little
+gesture, and--
+
+
+"Tell th' Professor that other one, Casey," a husky voice commanded.
+"_You_ know. Th' day we lost th' friend o' Sly's."
+
+Thereupon the even, drawling, dryly humorous voice began to speak.
+This is what it said this time:
+
+"An' then Terry says, 'You're too skinny to fight, an' you ain't big
+enough to kill, an' I wouldn't feel much lonesome if you was
+somewheres else. You're what _I_ call superfalous.'" The voice
+dwelt on the magnificent polysyllable lovingly. "An' th' mayreen
+hobo, he lays his head down on th' table an' weeps some weeps into
+his glass. It was empty. It always was. 'That's th' wye it gaos
+with me,' he says. 'I can't never myke no friends. F'r twenty year
+I've been sylin' th' seas fr'm the North Paole to th' South, fr'm th'
+East Paole to th' West, chysin meridiums fr'm wyve to wyve, lookin'
+f'r a friend. But ev'rywhere I gaos--'
+
+"'Hell,' says Terry, 'if you feel that bad about it, we'll have one
+more. Casey,' he says to me, '_is_ they an East Pole? It _sounds_
+reas'nable, some way.' An' then," the voice mused blissfully, "we
+had th' tamarin' cocktails, an' then we went to ride with the
+accidental caraboo. That was a batty day."
+
+"Ain't I never told you about that day?" Suddenly the voice was coy.
+"Oh, I don't dast to tell," it murmured. "Local 23 o' th' Christian
+Temp'rance Union'll be gettin' after me f'r makin' it look like th'
+Army still _drunk_. I don't want to spread no false impressions.
+Ev'rybody knows that since th' vile canteen was took away, an' we was
+give a real chance to lead th' sinful life, there ain't one soldier
+in ten would even pass a saloon, willin'ly. No, sir," the voice
+remarked thoughtfully, "I don't reckon there's more'n one in twenty
+in th' whole Army would let a s'loon get by him, if he had to walk a
+mile out of his road.
+
+"Who this superfalous man was," said the voice, "_I_ don' know. An'
+where we was, I've been tryin' to find out ever since. We started in
+on beer, but we switched to th' tamarin' cocktails, an' we ended in
+th' Lord knows what. Don't you never drink a tamarin' cocktail,
+'nless you want Local 23 startin' a grand guard patrol across your
+trail.
+
+"That day begun," the voice continued, "with a terrible painful talk
+me an' Terry had with th' Old Man. It was th' summer we laid in
+Maniller after th' Samar campaign, an' me an' Terry an' the Irishman
+named Schleimacher had that patriotic go with th' gu-gu theayter.
+That coincident shook the Old Man's faith in us way down to th'
+roots, an' f'r weeks afterwards he kep' us doin' double guard an'
+double kitchen police an' stunts like that till we was all wore out.
+So this mornin' we bucks up an' tells him we needs some more passes
+an' a day off.
+
+"'H'm,' says the Old Man. 'If I done my duty by sersiety, you two'd
+never get out together, less'n one was in a submarine an' th' other
+in a b'loon, and then I'll bet,' he says, 'you'd manage to get your
+trails tangled some ways. H'm. Who am I to butt into the stars in
+their courses and get a sore head? I can't keep ye in quarters no
+longer; y'r luck at poker is causin' too many hard feelin's. An' I
+don't dass to let ye out sep'rate, f'r each of ye needs th' other one
+to bring him home. H'm.' He gives us th' passes an' then, just when
+we thought we was saved at last, he calls us back. 'How much money
+have ye got, anyway?' he asts.
+
+"We hates to name th' size. Th' cards _had_ run favorable since last
+pay-day.
+
+"'That had ought to keep ye in fines f'r quite a spell,' he says,
+when we told him. 'H'm. Give it here. I'll help ye save it.'
+
+"We hands over, an' he peels two skinny little bills off them nice
+fat rolls. 'I'll let ye have five apiece,' he says. 'That makes
+three dollars f'r chow, an' a dollar to hire carrermatters, an' ten
+beers apiece. Ten is all ye need. Y'r stummicks is only supposed to
+hold a pint and a half, anyhow,' he says. 'I'll send th' rest of th'
+money over to the Adjutant's safe, where you can get at it handy
+after summary court to-morrer. H'm.'
+
+"Poor as we was, we'd a been glad to get away, but he stops us again.
+'Won't ye be good this once?' he says. 'I can't make it out,' he
+says, sad-like, to th' ceilin'. 'Here's Maniller layin' open before
+them, with nice long walks stretchin' out all around her. All kinds
+of nice long hot walks beckonin' them out among th' rice-paddies.
+An' th' Luneta, where they could set and look at th' ships when they
+was tired, and kill muskeeters. An' th' Y.M.C.A. readin'-room.
+_An'_ th' Lib'ry. H'm. Yet I'm mor'lly certain they'll pass all
+them things by on the off side, an' fetch up in some low groggery,
+debauchin' young Engineers and Marines an' shatterin' th' Gover'ment.
+Why can't my oldest soldiers ack decent?' he says, 'sos't I can take
+some _pride_ in th'm?'
+
+"'May I ex-plain to th' Captain, sir?' asts Terry. 'That theayter
+_biznai_ was an axxident.'
+
+"'An axxident!' says the Old Man. 'H'm. If you see any axxidents
+comin' along to-day, give them the road. They'll get into just one
+more axxident,' he says to th' ceilin', 'an' they'll break my heart
+an' _then_,' he says, 'there'll be something noticeable doin'.
+Something noticeable. H'm.'
+
+"We seen that was no place for us, and we sneaks out like a pair of
+cats that had got caught in swimmin'. 'Did you see his eye?' I says,
+when we was safe outside. 'It's up to us to walk cracks to-day.'
+
+"Terry just grunts, and the silence didn't really get broken till
+we'd beat it down Real and was settin' on a bench in th' Luneta.
+Terry spoke first. 'Any man that figures up my stummick,' he says,
+'at a quart and a half, has got another guess.'
+
+"'That's a handsome Chink cattle-boat out by the end of the
+breakwater,' I says. 'Ain't she got graceful lines?'
+
+"'Why,' asts Terry, scuffin' away at the gravel under the bench,
+'didn't he give us a nickel and ast f'r the change? Whose money is
+that, anyway?'
+
+"'That transport's a picture,' I says. 'If she was on'y a little
+closer, we could almost see the stripes round her smoke-stack.'
+
+"'If,' says Terry, 'they was any way of makin' those dollars
+_stretch_, I'd paint a first coat of blood-color all over Maniller,
+just to show him what I could do. But he got th' bulge on us when he
+got th' cash.'
+
+"'Get on to the ships,' says I. 'He'll ast us how they was lookin'.'
+
+"All to once Terry begins smoothin' the gravel back with his toe.
+'Casey,' he says, 'they _will_ stretch! This is the day we walk on
+our feet and save two dollars carrermatter money. It ain't such a
+much, but--an' then,' he says, 'they's the chow money. I know a
+hash-fact'ry where we can get a plate of beans f'r a _peseta y
+media_, an' beans is fillin'. Y'r stummick don't hold but two quart
+and a half, anyhow, and you don't want to overload it. Come on,' he
+says, jumpin' up. 'Altogether there's about seventy-seven beers got
+by the Old Man. Come on! We must have lost a lot of time.'
+
+"'As you were,' I says. 'If you take me f'r a low booze-fighter like
+yourself,' I says, 'you're much mistaken; and besides,' I says, 'did
+ye ever hear the Old Man talk like he did this mornin'?'
+
+"'Onct,' says Terry.
+
+"'An' you know what you _got_,' I says. 'It's up to you and me to
+roost high and pull up our feet, f'r if old Ma Trouble gets her claws
+into us this happy day, th' Old Man is plannin' to draw cards, too,
+and they're a bad pair to buck. _Sabe?_'
+
+"Terry seen I was right, an' that's the way we come to land down
+there on th' waterfront. Don't ast me where it was. We walked
+through about six gates in th' Walled City and come out on the river,
+an' took a canoe and landed somewhere way down on the other side.
+That's all I know. There was the place waitin' for us. Café of the
+400 Flags, it says in Spanish over the door, and underneath, in
+English, Sailor's Friendly.
+
+"And it was a nice friendly sort of place. We was the only ones
+there, and after we'd got sat down in a corner by a window, we
+figured we'd fooled old Ma Trouble f'r once. There warn't anybody
+within a mile to lead us astray, an' we just aimed to set there an'
+look at th' boats on th' river till we'd had enough, and then go back
+to Barracks and surprise the Old Man, and make him ashamed of
+himself. But it warn't to be.
+
+"We hadn't been settin' there more'n half an hour, when that A.O.H.
+sailorman Schleimacher from Cavite comes in the door, and th'
+sorrerful lad was right behind him. It was all off then, on'y we
+didn't know it.
+
+"'Ahoy, amigos,' says Schleimacher. 'Well, well, well, if it ain't
+the two paytriots! Always sloppin' round in beer, ain't you? Don't
+go dilutin' your insides with that stuff. Here, you,' he yells to
+the Malay pirate behind the bar, 'fetch along th' thought-remover f'r
+th' Señors.'
+
+"'W'isky?' asts th' pirate.
+
+"'If that ain't like a Marine!' says Terry. 'But then you ain't got
+a canteen no more, either.'
+
+"'No, we ain't, _dankum Himmle_,' says Sly, an' th' sorrerful
+sailorman butts in, layin' his head down on th' table and cryin' like
+a child. 'Times ayn't what they ware,' he says. 'Men don't drink
+like they used. Mytes, I remember a dye in Punt' Arenas, off Tristan
+d'Acunha--'
+
+"'Who's y'r friend, Sly?' I asts.
+
+"'Damfino,' says Sly. 'He picked me up at th' Navy landin'. Said my
+clo'es smelt so salt it made his mouth water. Some lime-juicer on
+th' beach, I reckon. No, sir, _dankum Himmle_, there ain't no more
+canteen. When I think,' Sly says, 'of th' pay I've wasted aboard,
+f'r belly-wash, but now,' he says, 'you don't hit th' beach on'y
+after pay-days, an' then you've got th' money, an' you've got the
+_thirst_, an' Mine Gott!' he says, 'the load you can get on! No
+canteens in mine. Fill th'm up. They's one f'r you, Barnacles, if
+you can keep the tear-drops out of it.'
+
+"The guy sat up straight enough, soon as a drink was mentioned, and
+we got a good look at him. Talk about y'r hoboes! That mayreener
+looked like he'd been trampin' it way down on th' bottom, and hadn't
+got around to shakin' himself and combin' the shells and seaweed out
+of his hair.
+
+"'Well,' says Terry, when he'd took him in, 'he sure does look
+superfalous to me.'
+
+"The guy mops up his drink, an' lays his head down on th' table
+again. 'That's th' wye it gaos,' he blatters. 'I can't never myke
+no friends, and so I gao chysin' meridiums over the angry wyves. I
+_'ad_ a friend onct, to Valparaiso, as smart a 'and as ever reefed a
+stuns'l--' he chokes up so bad he can't talk.
+
+"'Good Lord, Sly,' says Terry, 'have we got to set around with that
+all day?'
+
+"'Chuck him overboard if you want,' says Sly. 'He ain't mine. But
+let him stay, and I'll pay for his. I like a crowd around to kind of
+keep them movin'.'
+
+"'I 'ad a shipmyte onct off Comorin,' bleats th' sorrerful lad, 'but
+'e was lost, steppin' of th' bowsprit'--he chokes up.
+
+"'Oh, well,' says Terry, 'if you feel that bad about losin' him,
+we'll have one more. We'll all pay f'r his rounds, Sly, if he's
+broke. On'y, he does look superfalous to me.'
+
+"I reckon that wanderer must have felt near as bad as he looked!
+Seemed like he'd been pretty near everywhere once or twice, an' ev'ry
+place he remembered, something about it made him cry. We got ust to
+him after a while, and he just sat with his head among th' glasses,
+'ceptin' when a drink come by.
+
+"Long about noon we got to wonderin' what we'd better drink next.
+Th' thought-remover warn't workin' to suit Sly. 'Th' ferry goes at
+six,' he says, 'an' I ain't even got a start yet. Le's try an' find
+somethin' certain.' Then th' weeper looks up.
+
+"'I can't 'ope to myke no friends,' he says, eyein' us mournful, 'but
+I can myke a tamarin' Cocktail. A little lydy down to Macassar
+learnt me. Mytes, w'en I think of that pore young girl an' the
+'orrible wye I lost 'er--' it took two thought-removers to get him
+sos't he could tell th' pirate what bottles to bring f'r th'
+cocktail. They made a bunch. Th' sorrerful lad most looked happy
+when he saw them.
+
+"'They ayn't no tamarin's,' he says, 'but _that_ don't myke no
+differunce. Mytes, you'd ought to see th' tamarin's at Isle o'
+France! W'en I think I'll never see no tamarin's like them no
+more--' On'y th' bottles saved him. He took a swig out of the first
+one he touched. Right there th' Sorrers o' Satan lad begun to look
+fishy to me. Didn't seem like anybody'd need quite so many drinks to
+drown anything but a thirst. But I forgot all that when he gave me
+th' cocktail.
+
+"'Stead of a kick it had a kind of a pull to it, that drink did, like
+a b'loon. 'Two more of them,' says Sly, settin' down his glass, 'an'
+th' Cavite ferry can go when it very well pleases. _I_ can walk.'
+
+"'If so be I _'ad_ a friend,' says th' mayreener, sort of proud at
+th' way we lapped them up, 'they's nothin' I'd love better'n to set
+all dye long mykin' tamarin' cocktails for 'im.' I reckon that was no
+lie. 'Mytes,' says he, 'w'en I think I'll never 'ave no real friend
+to myke th'm for--'
+
+"'Brace up, Bo,' says Terry, like a father. Th' tamarin's had took
+holt that quick. 'Brace up, old sport. We're all friends o' your'n
+here. Ain't that so, boys?'
+
+"'_Is_ it, mytes?' says th' mayreener. '_Is_ it? Well, well, I
+never thought to 'ave _three_ friends all to onct! W'en I think of
+all the 'undreds of shipmytes--I'll be mykin' up another, mytes.'
+
+"So Barnacles, he got started makin' th'm, an' we got started
+drinkin' th'm. So did he. I never seen a drink ack like them.
+Didn't seem to have no real effeck, but things just moved away back
+where they belonged an' let you alone. And sympathetic! Say, if we
+could on'y manage to throw a few of them into Local 23, we'd get th'
+canteen back. They sure are a funny drink. 'Bout th' sixth, we
+couldn't do enough f'r that stranded mayreener. I'd forgot all about
+his seemin' fishy, and me an' Terry an' Sly hung round him like a
+bunch of old-maid aunts, givin' him drinks ev'ry time he remembered
+anything. He sure had a great mem'ry. 'Twarn't till th' middle of
+the afternoon it begun to show signs of givin' out. An' then he
+thinks he wants to have a look at Maniller--sos't he could remember
+_that_, I reckon.
+
+"His legs wouldn't quite hold him. 'Mytes,' he says, 'me knees ayn't
+what they ware. W'en I remember them trips to Kerguelen's Land, down
+round San Fernando Fo--in them dyes no smarter 'and rove a dead-eye
+or 'auled a keel. But now--'
+
+"'Give him an arm, Casey,' says Terry. 'Can't you see he ain't as
+young as us? Brace up, old sport, we'll look out f'r _you_.'
+
+"So th' three of us steers th' sorrerful sailorman out onto th'
+_muelle_, an' there warn't a livin' soul on th' whole river front but
+just the accidental caraboo! _He_ was standin' hitched to a cart,
+right where old Ma had left him.
+
+"Th' mayreener breaks down when he sees that caraboo. 'A buffalao!'
+he blatters. 'I ayn't seen one of them since I was a gye young
+sheperd--fisherman, on me father's little farm in th'
+valleys--beaches o' Bengal! Mytes, lead me to th' buffalao.'
+
+"'That ain't a buffalo, sport,' says Terry. 'Buffalos has hair.
+That's a caraboo, an' you don't want no part of him. They ain't
+safe.'
+
+"''E'll not 'urt me,' says th' mayreener. 'Aoh, th' buffalaos I've
+fed and watered with these 'ands in th' dear old dyes. Lead me to
+'im, mytes.'
+
+"We steers him over and he falls on that caraboo's neck and cries
+into his ear and blubbers some kind of talk to him: an' th' caraboo
+wriggles his ear an' waggles his little tail an' blubbers back. Them
+two understood each other! It knocked me flat. All my respec' f'r
+th' mayreener comes back.
+
+"'Ay, mytes,' he bleats, 'it mykes me young again to talk with 'im.
+Put us up on th' cart, mytes.'
+
+"'Ye can't drive him, sport?' says Terry, doubtful.
+
+"'F'r years I done nothink else,' says th' mayreener. 'Aoh, the old,
+'appy dyes! Put us up, mytes, an' pass us th' nose rope.'
+
+"'If th' caraboo kills him,' says Terry, 'it'll on'y put th' pore old
+feller out of his mis'ry.' So we hists him up an' gives him th' nose
+rope, and there he set cross-legged like a nigger, jerkin' th' rope
+an' talkin' caraboo-talk, an' th' caraboo goes! Yes, sir, th'
+mayreener drives him up an' down like he'd been born there! I never
+seen no other white man that could do that.
+
+"'Come aboard, mytes,' he says, pullin' up. 'We'll tyke a little
+turn about th' taown.'
+
+"Seems like I heard old Ma Trouble scratchin' herself somewheres.
+'You go along an' help Ma, Terry,' I says, 'an' I'll report the
+axxident to th' Old Man. When it comes to takin' a ride with a
+stolen caraboo an' a hayseed mayreener fr'm th' beaches of Bengal---'
+
+"'I knowed I couldn't 'ope to 'ave _three_ friends,' says th'
+mayreener, doublin' up an' cryin' like a child. It didn't touch my
+heart, not hard, but Terry an' Sly was still full of tamarindy
+feelin's. 'Don't spoil th' pore old feller's fun,' they says.
+'We'll bring th' caraboo back, so it ain't as if we stole him. He's
+just borrered.'
+
+"So I clumb on and we starts, th' mayreener settin' an' jerkin' th'
+rope, and us hangin' our legs off th' back of th' wagon. And by th'
+time we'd gone a ways, I begin to like it! It was somethin' new, an'
+then I reckon perhaps th' joltin' freshened up my tamarin's some.
+Anyhow, th' houses moved back and made room, an' th' people on th'
+sidewalks, givin' us a glad hand an' a merry ha-ha, sounded far-away
+an' soothin', and when we'd got up to Binondo bridge it seemed so
+natchral I wasn't even wonderin' any more why a copper didn't pinch
+us. I don't _sabe_ that yet, but I reckon old Ma kep' them off till
+she got done with us.
+
+"Yes, sir, that ride went fine, till we come to th' foot of the
+Escolta. You know what it's like at that time of day? Jam full! A
+line of rigs was standin' along each side of that narrer little old
+street, and inside of them two more lines was pokin' along, opposite
+ways, and in what was left of th' middle th' horse-cars was doin'
+rapid transit. Didn't look like you could crowd a thin dog through
+that mess.
+
+"'Here's where we turn round, sport,' says Terry, but it was no use.
+Th' mayreener whispers some messages down th' rope an' th' caraboo
+swings into th' car-tracks, and next minute there we was plowin' a
+road up the Escolta, and no way of backin' out till we hit the other
+end, half a mile away. I never felt so conspectuous in my life!
+Ev'rybody was lookin'. 'Tain't often they see three soldiers
+caraboo-drivin' up the Escolta, with old man McGinty at th' rope!
+
+"We might have made it, I still think, if th' mayreener had stuck to
+th' job. He sure sabed caraboo. But he lays down on us. Yes, sir,
+right there he just curls up and goes sound asleep! 'My watch below,
+mytes,' he says. 'Relieve th' w'eel,' an' he topples over. Sly
+grabs th' rope.
+
+"And away we went! Seems like th' caraboo knowed something green had
+took holt. He puts his nose down an' whoofs an' swings his head.
+First wipe th' tip of a horn catches a chicken-coop wagon, an'
+R-r-rip!--th' spokes is out of a wheel. He swings th' other way an'
+takes a piece of varnish, with th' wood still on it, of a shiny new
+victorier. Sly gets mad at that!
+
+"'Clear out of th' fairway, ye blinkety-blanked-blicked-zinked
+longshoreman,' he yells, hittin' th' caraboo a crack with the end of
+th' rope. Th' caraboo breaks into a gallop, swingin' them horns like
+a scythe, and ev'ry jump Sly hands him another. 'Stand by to repel
+boarders,' he sings out. 'Hit th' victorier guy in th' eye if he
+sets a foot on deck. Wheee-ee-e! Luff up, ahead there, you're off
+your course! Luff up! Well, _take_ it, then.' Zing! Bing! One of
+our wheels--they was sawed solid off a log four foot through--hits a
+carrermatter an' tosses it onto another, and them two piles up some
+more. 'Whee-ee-ee!' Sly yells. 'Hold her as she is! Didn't carry
+away nothin' that trip, did we? Whee-ee-eee!'
+
+"He lights in with th' rope and away we goes again, two ton of
+caraboo and two ton of wagon, both built low, at a dead gallop! Rigs
+was pilin' up all around us, an' horses was kickin' an' squealin',
+an' wheels was lockin' up an' rippin' out spokes, an' _cocheros_ was
+cussin' in ten languages. Away back I seen a mounted cop chasin' us,
+but Ma had him headed off in that mess.
+
+"And then She sets her claws in! Right ahead of us a carrermatter
+was streakin' it hell-bent through an open space, tryin' to get away.
+We could see th' feller in it leanin' forrard and whalin' th' horse.
+But, Lord, that caraboo'd a run down a thoroughbred.
+
+"'Sheer off to starboard!' Sly yells. 'What do ye _mean_, loafin'
+round th' channel that way, ye blinkety-bling-blanked son of a mess
+attendant? I report ye to th' Captain of th' Port. To starboard, I
+tell ye. Port your helm! Hard over! Oh, well,' he says, 'if you
+_want_ it--Collision bulkheads, boys, I'll have to ram him. Hold
+hard, all! Whee-eee-eeee!' He hits th' caraboo a couple more, and
+it seems like we go right through that carrermatter. It just fades
+away. 'Take that!' yells Sly. 'An' I'll report ye, besides.'
+
+"An' right then, risin' up out of what had been th' carrermatter, I
+seen a short chunky kind of a man, with a tire hung to one ear, and a
+handful of spokes stickin' out of one pocket, and a piece of
+dashboard in one hand. I didn't see him long, but I seen him awful
+plain. It was _Him_! 'Looka there!' I whispers--I couldn't
+talk--an' Terry takes one look, an' _he_ couldn't talk.
+
+"An' then th' Old Man catches sight of us, an' he stands up in th'
+ruins and shakes th' piece of dashboard at us. 'H'm!' he says.
+'H'm-mmm!' That's all. _He_ couldn't talk, neither.
+
+"Right there a street turns off the Escolta, an' I seen it was then
+or never. 'Sly,' I says, 'can ye turn off here to th' lef'?'
+
+"'Sure,' he says. 'Anywheres. He's steerin' fine now.
+Whoop-eee-eeee-ee!' Zing! Bing! Sly leans back on th' rope, an'
+th' caraboo puts his nose down, an' Whoof!--he hits that line of rigs
+between us an' th' road we needed. Talk about football. Two bumps
+and a hard swaller, an' we was gallopin' down that side street, with
+th' racket dyin' away behind us.
+
+"'Keep him goin', Sly,' I says. ''Twas th' Old Man we hit!'
+
+"'Mine Gott!' says Sly, and lights in with th' rope. Th' caraboo
+tries to fly, but that didn't bother us. We wouldn't a cared if he
+had. We just hangs on and lets him go it.
+
+"When he did stop it was in front of a s'loon! Funny coincident,
+warn't it? We seen there was just one thing to do, an' th' mayreener
+thinks so, too. He slep' through all that, but th' minute we was
+sneakin' up quiet on a drink he comes to life!
+
+"''As anythink 'appened, mytes?' he asts. We tells him.
+
+"'Aoh,' he says, 'I do 'ope ye 'aven't 'urt me buffalao! They're
+dillikit creachures, mytes. In the old, 'appy dyes--' he has to cry
+in th' caraboo's ear before he can take his drink.
+
+"Don't ast me how we spent th' rest of the afternoon. Ast th'
+caraboo; he was boss. We couldn't steer him none to speak of, but we
+could start him goin'. He stopped himself. Always in front of a
+s'loon, too. I'd like to see th' guy that owned him.
+
+"An' ev'ry time he stopped, th' mayreener would wake up an' mix a
+tamarin' cocktail an' have a weep. His mem'ry was workin' fine
+again. An' so we follered th' trail of that intemp'rate caraboo
+through all th' back streets of Maniller, wanderin' on fr'm one low
+haunt of vice to another till the houses moved back where they
+belonged again, an' th' sun got nice and hot and shiny, and even th'
+Old Man didn't seem to matter--much--an' we went to sleep on th'
+cart, still wanderin'.
+
+"When I woke up, Sly was gone, but Terry and th' mayreener was still
+poundin' their ears, and th' caraboo was still walkin', quiet, like
+he was loafin' home with his dinner-pail and pipe after a hard day's
+work, along a road between some rice-paddies. Things looked new to
+me and I set up and took a look. We was lost! Th' sun was settin'
+'way over across th' paddies, and there warn't no Maniller in sight,
+nor nothin' but just th' paddies and th' road--and us. And I warn't
+sure whether it was yestidday or to-morrer! I felt so lonesome I
+woke Terry up.
+
+"We set lookin' round a spell, and things begun to come back to us.
+'Old Ma cert'nly hooked th'm in this time,' I says. 'Th' Old Man's
+heart is broke now, all right. Did ye spot th' look in his eye when
+he reco'nized us? That spelt G.C.M. to me.'
+
+"'Th' carrermatter was just an axxi--' Terry stops short. 'I donno,'
+he says, 'but what it would be safer to desert.'
+
+"'Maybe we've deserted a'ready,' I says. 'Lord knows how long we've
+overstayed our leave. I feel like I'd slep' a month.'
+
+"'I've got a head, too,' says Terry. 'It was them tamarin' cocktails
+done it. Swelp me if I ever drink another drink.'
+
+"That hits th' mayreener. 'Lead me to it, mytes,' he says, sleepy.
+'Me legs ayn't what they ware, but lead me to it.'
+
+"'That's what done it,' I says to Terry.
+
+"Terry looks at th' mayreener a spell. 'Casey,' he says, 'you're
+right. He done it, th' shrimp. It was him invented th' tamarin's,
+and _him_ st-- borrered th' caraboo, and him went to sleep on the
+Escolta. And us aimin' to ack decent, an' gettin' th' Old Man to
+save our money for us. Th' cock-eyed old cod-fish!' says Terry,
+eyein' th' slumberin' mayreener. 'I'd like to bat his head off.
+Swelp me if ever I drink another--'
+
+"'Mytes,' th' mayreener begins, but Terry claps a hand over his
+mouth. 'What'll we do to him, Casey?' he says.
+
+"'Le's think,' I says.
+
+"Th' caraboo was still loafin' along with his pick and shovel over
+his shoulder, and we sets and looks at him, and th' mayreener, and
+th' paddies, thinkin'. It was gettin' pretty near dark, and 'way
+ahead of us was some mountains th' caraboo looked to be makin' for.
+Then th' plan come to us.
+
+"'Give us th' rope, Casey,' Terry says. 'He might roll off 'n muddy
+his cloes.' They was a coil of pack-rope on th' cart, and we takes
+and rolls th' mayreener all up in it and fastens him to th' cart, all
+safe and sound. He never yips till we're settin' th' last knot.
+'_Three_ friends,' he says. 'Mytes, I never thought to 'ave--'
+
+"'Friends!' says Terry. '_Friends_! Ain't he got a nerve!'
+
+"We drops off behind and leaves him and his buffalao to jog along.
+It was gettin' dark, but we set down and watched them out of sight.
+They was passin' out of our lives slow but sure, joggin' along, him
+and his buffalao.
+
+"'There may be ladrones in them mountains,' I says.
+
+"'Ladrones,' says Terry, 'wouldn't bother _him_. He's too
+superfalous f'r ladrones.'
+
+"It got darker and darker, and pretty soon old Mr. Caraboo grunts up
+over a little rise and they was gone. 'Well,' says Terry, 'if he
+ever does get back, he'll have somethin' _real_ to remember this
+time. Come along, Casey.'
+
+"So we hits th' road. We reckoned if we follered it long enough, we
+prob'ly strike some place. So we plugs along through th' dark. We
+warn't worryin' none about Schleimacher. Nothin' ever happens to a
+full-blooded Marine, anyhow, and we had other things to think about.
+
+"'Did ye notice th' tire round his neck?' I says. 'That tire'll cost
+us a mont' extry.'
+
+"Terry grunts. 'Considerin' th' months we'll get anyhow,' he says,
+disgusted-like, 'an extry one is what _I'd_ call superfalous.'
+
+"And so," the voice concluded thoughtfully, "we plugs along."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE VALLEY OF SUNSHINE AND SHADOW
+
+The voice died away and it was still, with a breathless silence which
+made the beating of my heart ring in my ears. It was as though I
+stood outside the world, in the Empty Places. And then slowly
+consciousness returned, if I had been unconscious, and I opened my
+eyes and found that I was no longer in that old temple of Tzin Piaôu.
+I was glad of that. I had grown weary and half afraid of seeing that
+old man who lay there on his slab of stone, looking, looking, looking
+into vacancy, watching the strivings and disasters and the grimy
+ludicrousness of his fellows, while a little flame of derisive
+laughter danced and flickered in his eyes. He seemed to me in truth
+a heathen man.
+
+Now I lay in a spacious, dusky chamber, on a wide divan cushioned
+with softest stuff, and above me, suspended from the lofty ceiling by
+curiously wrought chains of silver and swaying slowly, silver lamps
+burned very dimly, and the swaying light and shadow of them moved on
+the age-blackened teak-wood of the floor and the mellowed silken
+tapestries with which the walls were hung. The air was sweet, and
+very heavy, with the fumes of burning incense, and it was vibrant
+with the rise and fall of many distant voices, as if they spoke
+softly, or prayed, perhaps, in unison.
+
+In my wonderment, I stirred a little on my couch, and from a dusky
+corner of the chamber a woman came swiftly forward and stood before
+me,--such a woman as I had never thought to behold. If every
+perfection of every perfect beauty men have famed could have been
+stolen to deck one woman only, and have been blended cunningly
+together by a master hand and made instinct with life, that might
+have been the birth of her I looked on then.
+
+A thin gold circlet glinted dully in the darkness of her hair, and
+she was robed in a single garment of some thin, clinging, gauzy,
+precious stuff which revealed the more fully her womanly perfections,
+the while it pretended to conceal them. She walked swiftly and
+lightly, with lithe hips swaying in the way of Eastern women, and her
+rosy feet twinkled in the swaying yellow lamplight; she came and
+stood before me and looked down with serious, starry eyes.
+
+"Where am I?" I asked. "And who are you? A Heathen Goddess?"
+
+She laughed softly. "You are in the temple of Lal," she said, "and I
+am a priestess of Lal."
+
+"Why am I here?" I asked.
+
+"I do not know," she said, "but you were sent, I think, to see."
+
+"What," I asked, "is that murmur of voices, as if many prayed
+together?"
+
+"They are praying," she said. "Look and see!"
+
+She drew aside a fold of the tapestry, and I looked into the cavern
+of a temple. Around a lofty, mystic figure other swaying lamps of
+silver burned, and other priestesses in shining, gauzy robes held
+offerings aloft. And all the vast floor of the temple was one
+heaving sea of the women of the East, who knelt, and held their hands
+on high, imploringly, and laid their foreheads on the flagstones.
+And as they knelt they prayed, and the soft ripple of their voices
+made all the arches of the temple murmur.
+
+"What do they pray for," I asked, "so many of them together?"
+
+"For fruitfulness," said the priestess of Lal softly. "For fruitful
+love. They know that if a woman has that, she has all that the world
+can give her. So they pray for it."
+
+"That," said I, "is the fate of women. The bitter fate, for when
+their love must prove unfruitful--"
+
+"It is still love," said the priestess of Lal softly, "and sweeter
+than all else in life."
+
+In the dimness behind me, I thought I heard the echo of a chuckle of
+cynical laughter, but I did not heed it. "Yes," I said, "any love
+that's true is sweeter than all else--"
+
+"Sweeter than life itself," murmured the priestess of Lal, and
+started, half afraid. For louder, more unmistakable, sounded that
+mocking chuckle.
+
+But I did not heed it. Her words had stirred old memories in me, and
+once again I was wandering in the sun-flooded length and breadth of a
+Valley of Sunshine and Shadow intermingled.
+
+
+Far up in the northern end of Luzon the cloud-hung cordillera divides
+to east and west before it sinks abruptly in the sea, enclosing the
+great central valley of the Cagayan. A dim, far-off region it has
+always been, of which the good folk of Manila spoke with vague words,
+as old men on the hills of Spain used to speak of Ultramar, that
+unknown somewhere into which their sons were forever disappearing.
+And even the people of the valley did not know it. At Aparri, on the
+coast, where in the old days bales of tobacco were piled like houses
+along the sandy streets while the shipping season lasted, the busy
+laborers would tell you that it all came from "up there," with a wide
+vague sweep of the hand toward the south. You took a canoe and went
+southward for days between gray forests where the parrots screamed
+and monkeys climbed lazily down the creepers to scoop up water in
+their tiny hands, and you found Tuguegarao, the little city, sleeping
+on the bluffs, perched high and safe above the river; and men still
+told you of the wonders to be seen "up there." And then, after lazy
+days and days, poling upward past endless fields of corn and tobacco,
+you came to Ilagan, and the clerks in the offices of the Compañia
+General spoke to you of great plantations to be seen "up there." But
+at Ilagan most men wearied of the journey, and gave up their quest
+before they had gone half way.
+
+They should have persisted, for the real "up there" is the wonderful
+place they dreamed of, a land of magnificent spaces, of great
+stretches of plain and rolling hills. In every little valley is a
+forest where deer and wild boars and buffalo hide. And all the
+reaches of the river and the clear tributary mountain streams, the
+_pinaucanauanes_, are covered with clouds of ducks. And everywhere
+is tobacco--in the fields and in the houses, and in the big,
+flat-bottomed boats, the _barangayanes_, on the river. There is a
+stretch of country where it seems the rich, deep, warm soil never
+tires of growing things--tobacco and corn and flowers and canes and
+grasses and bamboo--and men have called it "_La Flor de la Isabela_,"
+the flower of the land of good Queen Ysabel. It is a very quiet
+region, but there is a charm in the broad fields, and the hot, sunny
+air, and the wild hunts over plain and hill, and the expeditions now
+and then in search of gold in the distant, purple mountains where the
+wild men live. The valley grows upon one till one forgets the hills
+of Spain and the people one knew, and even the nearer delights of
+Manila, and stays on "up there" till one passes from the world which
+already has, and is, forgotten.
+
+Sometimes they emerged for a moment, even came down to "el Capital"
+for the Christmas festivities,--lean, bronzed, bearded men who
+wandered silent through the gay crowds. How should they speak when
+they knew nothing of all the gossip of Manila,--the ball his
+Excellency was giving, and Don Fulano's promotion, and the match
+between that young Diego de Tal and the General's daughter? But let
+two of them meet in a café, over the tiny glasses of cognac, and they
+could talk readily enough, though always in that quiet, self-retained
+way which men of the open have.
+
+"Brr-r-gh, it's chilly here; it would not be like this in the
+valley!"--"No, they will be planting now. And the river must be
+rising; the young daredevils will be having great sport shooting the
+rapids at Alcala. Remember the whirlpool on the west bank?"--"_Do_
+I? Have you heard that Don Enrique will hold a great _fiesta_ on
+Shrove Tuesday?"--"Well, he can afford it, with this crop. Don
+Enrique has covered more thousands this year than you have hairs on
+your chin, _hombre_."
+
+Always the valley and the river and tobacco, and Don Enrique. For
+Don Enrique was their lord. The Company back in Barcelona and Madrid
+might own everything--the lean, silent, white men, and the brown,
+toiling thousands in the fields, and the boats on the river, and the
+great white fortresses of warehouses--but in the valley Don Enrique
+was Company and King. For him they toiled and died forgotten, from
+him they thankfully received their meagre wage, and when an order
+came signed in his heavy hand, "_Valdez y de las Vegas_," all men
+hurried to do his will. Any one would be proud to serve such a man.
+There was a Valdez with every great captain that ever sailed, and a
+Vegas keeps his hat on with the highest yet. And since this is a
+commercial age, and mere family renown can count for little in the
+balance against hard cash, each year brought Don Enrique one hundred
+thousand _pesos_, five hundred thousand_ pesetas_, eight hundred
+thousand _reales_! _Mira, amigo_, you could buy your bread and
+sausage with that, eh? and have something left for a bit of a present
+for the wife?
+
+And then he was no make-believe ruler, this Don Enrique. He knew the
+valley, every day's journey of it, from lonely Cordón lying in the
+threatening shadows of the pass, to the latest change in the bar
+outside Aparri; knew the capacity of each warehouse to the last bale;
+knew the shifting channel of the river, and could foretell the
+treacherous floods. And he knew what each subordinate of his was
+doing. No one knew when to expect a visit from him, and there were
+few who did not dread being called to ride with him. Yet he would
+dismount at the end of a long day in the saddle with as much calm
+grace as though he were merely returning from a canter round the town.
+
+For he was always calm and dignified and silent, as only a gentleman
+of Castile can be. Not taciturn or insolent, or overbearing, but
+merely closed in himself. He treated all men--all white men, of
+course I mean, for natives do not count--with quiet courtesy, and
+made neither enemies nor friends. Even the guests who shared the
+hospitality of the great house at Echague knew very little of their
+host.
+
+It was a house, that place at Echague, built four-square and heavy as
+a fort, of great blocks of sandstone, and back of it was a huge
+walled garden. Of course Don Enrique had other houses, three of
+them, at Ilagan and Aparri and Manila. But he was as much a man of
+the open as any of his world-searching forebears, and he loved
+far-off Echague better than all the rest. Here, when the shipping
+was over and the last _barangayan_ lay loaded to the water's edge
+above the rapids at Alcala, waiting for the first gentle lift of the
+rains to carry her safe down to Aparri, Don Enrique would retire with
+a band of chosen companions to hunt and game hard and long. Few men
+were invited a second time, or wished to be, for with all his
+courtesy Don Enrique was an exacting host in the hunting season.
+Long before dawn, the hounds would be belling in the _patio_, the
+great tiled courtyard, and the sleepy guest, turning on his pillow
+for another nap, would hear a mighty splashing from the room of his
+host, and the vicious squeals of the fiery little stallions in the
+stables, and the clink of bits and stirrups and spears. And before
+the unhappy sportsman could quite fall asleep, there would come a
+peal of trumpets in the haunting reveille and boys pounding at each
+door: "Ready, Señor. Ready. Your coffee is ready." And so they
+were up and away in a mad rush over hill and valley in the gloom,
+anything but attractive to a man who had a decent regard for his neck.
+
+And when they returned, Don Enrique would come riding at the head of
+the long line, grave and composed as ever, while the huntsmen were
+loaded down with a beautiful great buck or a boar, killed by a single
+thrust of which any matador in Madrid need not have been ashamed.
+Then, after the huge hunt breakfast, would come the welcome torpor of
+the siesta, and in the evening a mighty game, _malilla_ or monte or
+billiards, for Don Enrique played as he worked and rode, with a
+carelessness of consequences not at all pleasant to a man with a
+decent regard for his purse.
+
+So, one by one, the guests sailed away down the mysterious river, and
+left Don Enrique alone in the great house at Echague, to be master of
+all he surveyed. And there he moved about his lost world, and was
+capped and bowed down to, and had his courteous, imperious way, until
+I think he began to feel that he was really a very great man indeed.
+And perhaps he was, as great as any other.
+
+But solitary grandeur has its drawbacks, even to as grave and great a
+man as Don Enrique; and as the summers came treading on each other's
+heels with their burden of endless days, Don Enrique, sipping his
+Rioja in solitary state in the great dining-room, where the sweetness
+of orange-blossoms stole in through the wide windows, began to dream
+dreams of a companion who should sit always with him of an evening
+across the big, gleaming table, or come close beside him and share
+his thoughts. No, Don Enrique was not thinking of a wife; he had had
+a wife, and "lost" her, as he told the world. But there was his
+"little girl," Mercedes, back in a great gray convent in Madrid. His
+little girl, he called her in the letters he sent back every month,
+for she lived in his memory as the shy little maid he had given to a
+sweet-voiced Mother Superior, so many years before. It was for her
+he had been working all these years and piling up these princely
+possessions, and a look of almost womanish tenderness would come over
+his proud, grave face when he thought of her. This thought of her
+had sustained him in all the loneliness, and he had always dreamed of
+her coming as the crowning touch to his life. "Sometime," said Don
+Enrique often to the lizards darting across the table in the evening,
+as lizards will, "sometime she shall come to us." And somehow
+sometime always lingered in the future.
+
+But at last, one evening when the odor of the blossoms hung very
+heavy in the damp, still air, and the thunder was muttering in the
+pass far back of Santa Lucia, Don Enrique stopped his sipping to look
+very hard at the great-grandfather of all the lizards, a tremendous
+old fellow almost five inches long. And the lizard returned the
+stare with his bright, beady eyes.
+
+"_Por Diós_, my big friend," said Don Enrique to the lizard, at last,
+"she shall come to us at once." And if you realize what a very great
+man Don Enrique was, you will understand that when he began to make
+companions of the lizards, even the biggest and most respectable of
+them, it was quite time that he sent for Doña Mercedes.
+
+Letters came and went, and in the Christmas season Don Enrique found
+himself in Manila waiting for the good old _Ysla de Panay_ to bring
+his little girl to him. Many longing hearts have followed those old
+ships of the Spanish Mail in the days that are gone. For all this
+was long ago. Not long as you count, perhaps, but I have seen Doña
+Mercedes' eyes, and they told me that it happened long, long ago,
+when the world was very young indeed.
+
+But the old ship did not bring Don Enrique his little girl, after
+all. I wish you might have seen the Doña Mercedes who did come.
+Your heart would have beaten as fast, I hope, as that of the spruce
+young lieutenant who almost let her fall as he was helping her into
+the launch, and retired quite as full of confusion and blushes and
+speechlessness as if he had never worn shoulder-straps and a smart
+small-sword, and been aide-de-camp to his Excellency the
+Gobernador-General. For Doña Mercedes was tall and slight, with all
+the stateliness of her house, and her head was poised like a queen's
+on her slender neck, and her little, high-arched feet seemed scarce
+to touch the deck. Yet it was not the proud lady who made the young
+lieutenant's hand unsteady--he lived and moved among proud
+ladies,--it was the eyes of the young girl. For Doña Mercedes still
+looked out on the world from the shelter of her convent window, with
+such a gentle, timid, inquiring smile in the depths of her great dark
+eyes that she was far more dangerous to the peace and happiness of
+his Majesty's forces than all the natives of the Philippines, with
+Cuba thrown in besides.
+
+When Don Enrique saw the eyes of the stately lady who had come to him
+in place of his little girl, he was comforted, for so the little maid
+whom he gave to the Mother Superior had looked at him. And Tia Maria
+had good report to make.
+
+"She is the best, dearest, kindest child in the world," said Tia
+Maria. "She is as good as the Virgin herself, and never has a fault.
+Only she will not keep her feet dry; and oh! Don Enrique, if you knew
+how I have to work to make her take care of her complexion--" I
+suppose old servants are the same all the world over.
+
+So Don Enrique received his little girl, the very finest little girl
+in all the world, which is not surprising when you consider what a
+very great man her father was.
+
+While the two were getting acquainted, as Don Enrique put it, he
+condescended to share Doña Mercedes with the little world of Manila.
+He gave a great ball, and his Excellency danced the old minuet with
+her, whereat the beholders cried that the days of chivalry were come
+again. Doña Mercedes smiled a little, and blushed a little, and the
+stout, red-faced old soldier led her to his stout, jolly old wife
+with the remark: "My dear, when you are good enough to die, here is
+your successor, if--" and he dropped forty years and a dozen
+campaigns to make Mercedes a wonderful bow.
+
+"Tush, old wives are good enough for such as you," said her
+Excellency bluntly. "Sit down here beside me, my dear, and tell me
+how you like Manila."
+
+"It is very good to be with my father again," said Doña Mercedes
+simply, "and you are all so kind to me."
+
+And then the young officers, who had been tugging at their fierce
+moustaches and settling their chins in their stocks, came tramping
+stiffly up and begging for the honor. So it went on for several
+weeks, till one day her Excellency called. "Valdez," said she, in
+her straightforward way, "are you going to marry your daughter or
+not?"
+
+"That, madame," he replied, "depends on--"
+
+"On whether you find any one good enough for her, eh?" said her
+Excellency. "And there is no one, is there?"
+
+"Not one in the world," he replied gravely, but with the gleam of a
+smile. Most people smiled when that simple old lady was near. "Not
+one in the world, madame," said Don Enrique. "But marriage is not a
+necessity of life; my little girl and I will be happy together for a
+time, I hope."
+
+"Love of the saints," cried her Excellency, "he is as young as his
+daughter! He thinks to keep the bees always from his honey. Look at
+their eyes; they are boy and girl together! God grant you may be
+successful, Valdez. She is a dear, sweet child. But take her away
+to your kingdom," she added. "Take an old woman's advice. They are
+busy bees, and gay uniforms are unsettling for little girls who are
+to love only their fathers. And, besides, I can't find an aide to do
+an errand for me while she's in town!"
+
+So Doña Mercedes, having had only a sip of the life most people lead,
+passed from the lost world of the convent to the lost world of the
+valley, with her proud, dainty ways, and a friendly, inquiring smile
+in her eyes for every one she met. I suppose you and I can't
+understand how Doña Mercedes felt; one must step directly from the
+convent to the world to do that. But of course her smile was
+friendly, for she had never known any one who was not a friend; and
+it was inquiring, for the world was all one great puzzle to her, and
+she was interested in the multitude of people she saw doing so many
+seemingly hard and disagreeable and useless things. Of bad things,
+of course, she knew nothing, except for some words in her prayers.
+So Doña Mercedes, young woman and little girl, looked into the world
+with frank, interested eyes.
+
+And a very delightful place she found it. There was the great house,
+with its thick walls and heavily barred windows and big, cool, dark
+rooms. There was the garden, with the old familiar orange and lemon
+trees and tinkling fountains. There were strange, sweet, new trees
+as well, ylang-ylang and clove and cinnamon, and a hundred other
+cool, fragrant, snowy-blossomed things, and poincianas, and orchids,
+and great ferns, and palms. Best of all, trained up and about her
+windows, were real Spanish roses, big white and pink and red and
+yellow fellows. And at the far end of the garden was a
+wide-spreading old veteran of a mango, big as a small mountain, and
+in its shade a little summer-house for her, almost hidden in a tangle
+of roses. Here she used to sit through the day, embroidering or
+reading, or dozing. It might have seemed a dull life to you and me,
+but then we never knew the quiet of the convent, and the peace of it.
+
+Besides, she looked forward always to the evening. You never knew
+that either, perhaps--the coolness and delight of the tropical
+evening coming after the long glare of the day, when through the
+windows steals a fresh damp air, heavy with the scent of flowers and
+moist earth, and one hears the strange cries of birds and insects,
+and sees the big, silent, fluttering bats and the fireflies that make
+a living fountain of every tree; and all these but passing shadows on
+the background of a dim, happy, sleepy world of darkness.
+
+Most of all, Doña Mercedes was interested in the creatures who worked
+and played in this huge new world. First there was her father. The
+long evenings were never too long with him, for Don Enrique cast
+aside all the gravity and dignity and silence, and laughed and jested
+and talked and dreamed with his little girl, till the grandfather of
+all the lizards became disgusted at the unseemly disturbance of the
+established order, and retired with an indignant flip of the tail,
+which nearly lost him that brittle member.
+
+Then there was good, grumbling Tia Maria, who found it hard to adjust
+herself to new conditions. "How can one live in a country where
+there are no sidewalks?" Tia Maria mourned, "and where there are
+monkeys and bats--ur-gh-h--and scorpions and spiders--oogh-h!
+Spiders big as _that_, child!" cried Tia Maria, pushing out a sturdy
+foot from under her limp black skirts.
+
+Then there were the servants, with their eternal cheery smiles and
+careless ways, who first revealed to Doña Mercedes that she inherited
+the family temper. And the women and the little brown babies in the
+town, and the dull men in the fields--Mercedes wondered if it was not
+very hot and unpleasant to work in the fields, and so smiled most
+kindly at them, till they forgot their sullenness and smiled back.
+
+There were the treacherous river and the great clumsy boats, and the
+fierce-looking river-men with their knives and the bright
+handkerchiefs about their heads. And once she met some wild men in
+the streets--sturdy fellows with great muscles and long black hair,
+stiff and rough as the mane of a horse, dressed mostly, to her
+frightened gaze, in shields and spears and head-axes and knives. But
+when she smiled timidly, they responded with wide grins, and tried to
+sell her little silver pipes and copper betelnut-boxes.
+
+So Doña Mercedes moved about, learning many things concerning life,
+even in that far-off valley. She was destined to learn the greatest
+thing of all there, but that came later. I've often wished I could
+have seen the stately, slender child-woman in those days, with her
+big, inquisitive eyes--seen her just as the Captain did, when he came
+tearing into town to see her and nearly ran over her.
+
+It was characteristic of Captain Manuel to come that way, forty miles
+in four hours, when after two slow months the news of her arrival
+penetrated far into the mountains, where he was happily busy hunting
+outlaws. It was characteristic of him to gallop full tilt down on
+the lady he had come to see, before he knew she was there. And it
+was characteristic of him also to rein his horse back on its haunches
+with one tug, and sweep his hat off with a gesture that would have
+done honor to Quixote himself, and insist on escorting the lady home,
+despite the uneasy grumbling of Tia Maria, and a sudden access of
+stateliness on Doña Mercedes' part.
+
+Everything Captain Manuel did was characteristic, for he was a
+Catalan. And while no one can foretell what a Catalan may do, it is
+always safe to say that he will do what he pleases, and do it with
+all his might. And this gray-eyed, fair-haired boy with the frank,
+smiling face, had chosen to play at living, thus far. He was the
+commander of the Guardia Civil in all the southern valley, put in
+that unenviable post that puzzled bureaucrats might be saved from his
+unbounded energy. And he played with the bandits and outlaws and
+savages, purposely left them undisturbed that they might grow bold
+and troublesome, and then went out with a laugh and destroyed them,
+as you might a cage of rats. When the fighting was over, he would
+come back unwearied and amuse himself with wondrous speculations in
+tobacco, or stake his last peso on a stroke at billiards with Don
+Enrique. The most fascinating of all the playthings he had
+discovered in his brief life was something he was pleased to call
+love. He played at that with his usual wholeheartedness, till a
+score of girls up and down the valley were ever watching for the
+lithe figure on the wild black horse, and more than a score of men
+were breathing threats of vengeance. Whereat the Captain laughed
+boyishly, and invited the discontented to step out and settle it once
+for all with pistol or rifle or knife or spear or bolo or bare hands.
+
+I'm sorry you couldn't have known Captain Manuel instead of merely
+hearing about him from me, for you may get the idea that he was a
+good-for-nothing young reprobate, whereas he was only a gay,
+good-hearted boy, dissipating his splendid strength in a hundred
+useless ways, just because no one had ever shown him a useful one.
+But he was a dangerous person, with his ready tongue and tossing
+hair, to come prancing before the wondering eyes of that bewildered
+woman-child, Doña Mercedes. Dangerous, I mean, to Don Enrique's
+dreams of the future. For of course he fell in love with Doña
+Mercedes at once. He was quite sure of that, before he had walked a
+dozen steps with the lady, that first night.
+
+With him, to decide that he was in love was to be there; so behold
+the Captain, of a morning after drill, come clanking to the little
+summer-house, all brave in sword and spurs, to sit and regale Doña
+Mercedes with weird tales of the little fights, till terrified Tia
+Maria crossed herself and peered anxiously up into the branches of
+the great mango, more than half expecting to see a naked head-hunter
+there ready to leap upon her venerable wig.
+
+And Doña Mercedes, poor, little, stately Mercedes, watched this
+strange newcomer as she watched all others, but with a shade more
+interest, for she felt that she understood him. The frank, friendly
+smile in his eyes seemed so exactly what she felt to all the world.
+
+Soon she began to find his presence a welcome relief to the length of
+the days, and missed him when he did not come. Don Enrique should
+have taken care then. But Don Enrique was careless. In the first
+place, it was rather a strenuous undertaking to keep Captain Manuel
+away from where he chose to be. And in the second place, any fear
+that he could awaken the heart in Doña Mercedes was absurd. He was a
+penniless youngster, without a "de" or an "Y" or a "Don" to his name,
+and she was Doña Mercedes, a Valdez and a Vegas; and, furthermore,
+she had him, Don Enrique, to fill her every want. So Don Enrique
+smiled and jested and talked and dreamed of an evening in the great
+dining-room, and was very happy with his little girl. And Captain
+Manuel laughed and joked and sang in the little summer-house of a
+morning, and was in heaven, or thought he was, which, after all,
+amounts to just as much while it lasts. And Doña Mercedes looked on
+them all with friendly, inquiring eyes.
+
+At last one morning, the Captain was holding a skein of silk for her
+to wind. Tia Maria had fallen into an uneasy doze through very
+excess of terror at the latest tale. Several times their eyes met
+when the skein was tangled--such a tiny skein of golden-yellow silk
+to mean so much. And each time Doña Mercedes became more stately and
+more timid, while the Captain's cheeks burned like a boy's. Their
+talk died away to broken sentences, and then the hush of noontide lay
+over the great, hot, fragrant garden, and only the heavy droning of
+bees among the roses broke the stillness. Doña Mercedes put out a
+trembling hand to clear another snarl, and--Tia Maria popped bolt
+upright in her chair. "Blood of all the blessed saints!" she cried.
+"What was that I heard?" And she peered up into the gently stirring
+branches of the old tree, and made ready to flee.
+
+"It was a wild man, perhaps," said the Captain, with a tremulous
+laugh; and Doña Mercedes took up the conversation quite as composedly
+as if she had lived in the world all her life. But when the Captain
+was going, she murmured: "You must tell Don Enrique for me."
+
+Of course he told Don Enrique at once, and of course Don Enrique was
+quite astonished at the commonplace thing which had been going on
+right under his patrician nose, and quite scandalized, and very
+positive, in his grave, courteous way, that all such thoughts must be
+dropped at once--positive as only a great man who ruled a valley
+could be. And Captain Manuel was quite sure that he loved the lady,
+could not live without her, would win her in the end--sure as only a
+big, impetuous heart like his could make a man. So Don Enrique
+politely regretted that he could not have the honor of receiving the
+Captain in his home again, and the Captain bowed very low and clanked
+out under the big, gloomy arch of the gateway for almost the last
+time.
+
+Now I doubt if either of them had really been in love. But they were
+ready to grow into it, and forced separation has been a fertile soil
+for propagating love, ever since the world began. The little girl
+was very dutiful and sat with her father every evening, merry and
+smiling and tender as ever; but across the big, gleaming table she
+may sometimes have seen a vision of a longing, boyish face. Don
+Enrique had seen visions across that same table, you remember.
+Perhaps in time Doña Mercedes might have watched the vision till it
+came to mean more to her than the great house and the family name and
+the love of her father himself.
+
+And the Captain fell into a very fever of devotion, and for more than
+a month he stayed in his quarters, writing Catalan love-songs on the
+edges of commissary returns, and gazing gloomily at his sword and
+spurs. Billiards and cards knew him no more; the black horse fretted
+in the paddock and looked unsayable things at the frightened groom;
+the brown-skinned girls of the countryside lived in peace and amity
+with their reconciled lovers. Perhaps the Captain's devotion might
+have endured, and all that splendid energy of his might have been
+turned to good and useful things at last.
+
+All that is mere speculation. We shall never know, and it does not
+matter. The day of Spain was passing in the Islands. Outside there
+had long been rumors of ugly things; sudden, secret death and
+smoldering insurrection, killing of priests and burning of towns and
+terror-stricken people everywhere. Now at last they penetrated even
+to the valley,--stories of raids on distant _haciendas_, and
+assassinations on lonely trails, and a little army massed in the
+foot-hills back of Santa Lucia. It was as if a chill wind swept over
+the sunny plains and rolling hills and busy, treacherous river, and
+none of the lean, bearded, sun-bronzed men could tell whence it came.
+
+Don Enrique, that great man, did not heed it. When news came of a
+wondrous great buck seen near Ascaris, he insisted on setting out to
+capture it. "A bit of venison is what you need to put the roses
+back," he said to Doña Mercedes, standing tall and strong in his
+boots, and tapping her cheek with his gauntlet. "Insurrection!
+Nonsense, _chiquita_, it is only the talk of these poor, foolish
+Indians. I wave my riding-whip at them, and phooh!"--he blew a quick
+breath, kissed her, and rode off in the gray chill of the morning.
+
+But toward evening a man dragged himself in--old Canute the huntsman,
+cut and bleeding--and told Doña Mercedes how the party had been
+ambuscaded and had fought its way to a thicket of bamboo, and how
+they must have help or perish.
+
+While she stood half stunned and helpless, came Captain Manuel,
+uncalled, and said simply: "I am going to him, Doña mia." He did not
+tell her that all the country was up in arms, that he was going to
+his death. I doubt if he even thought of that, as he stood before
+her and saw her big, beseeching eyes. All the carelessness and
+lightness of his nature fell away, as he stood before the lady for
+whom he was to die. And yet, as he turned to go, a bit of the spirit
+of old Spain stirred in him, and he bent toward her. "I kiss your
+hand, my lady," he said.
+
+Then Doña Mercedes understood, and with a little cry she flung
+herself into his arms. One little moment she knew that all the
+secret of life was hers--and then she took a white rose from her hair
+and gave it to him. "My colors!" she said, and none of her ancient
+house had ever stood more proud and stately to watch her knight go
+out to battle, and none ever went more steadfast and strong and
+lovable than that boy of the common folk of Cataluña.
+
+There's not much more to tell, of course. The Captain found Don
+Enrique, and at dawn they went out together, with their men, in one
+of those deeds of splendid courage which once made their country
+mistress of half the world. But a poor, foolish Indian, with a
+well-cleaned Mauser and a firm rest at five hundred _metres_, and the
+wrongs of three centuries to right, stopped their poor, proud,
+Spanish hearts.
+
+The few men who were left brought them back to Doña Mercedes,
+standing pale and stately in the great courtyard, and on Don
+Enrique's breast they found a miniature which might have been his
+little girl, but was not, and on the Captain's a white rose dabbled
+with red.
+
+As I said, all this happened when the world was young. I know, for I
+rode through Echague once, and I saw Doña Mercedes' eyes. They are
+friendly and inquiring still, but the smile comes from an old, old
+heart. And yet, after all, is it so bad? Don Enrique and the
+Captain are very quiet indeed in the great garden, and perhaps the
+valley is none the less happy that their imperious wills are quiet,
+too. The river still runs, and the boatmen sing on its long reaches,
+and the hot sunny air floats over field and hill and forest with
+vivifying strength, and you would hardly know that they were gone.
+Perhaps Don Enrique might never have been reconciled. Perhaps the
+Captain might have changed. There are a dozen perhapses. And now
+Doña Mercedes has the great house--after all it is not unlike a
+convent in its quiet and its peace--and the memory of two strong men
+who loved her until death.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+WHAT OKIMI LEARNED
+
+Slowly the picture faded, and somewhere near me I heard the priestess
+of Lal sobbing.
+
+"You saw it, too?" I asked.
+
+"Yes," she said, "I saw it too. And oh! I'm sorry for her, but it
+was better that than nothing. Far better that than nothing! There's
+nothing else in life like love--"
+
+Suddenly, in the solemn hush of that dim, lamp-lighted room, I heard
+a chuckle of cynical amusement. The priestess of Lal heard it, too,
+and faced me with beautiful, blazing eyes, and flaming cheeks still
+damp with tears.
+
+"Did you dare to laugh at me!" she cried. "I could kill you. Did
+you _dare_?"
+
+"No," I said. "I believe, as you do, that love--"
+
+Again that rustle of malicious laughter crept across the
+incense-laden air. In the eyes of the woman a sudden terror showed,
+and she shrank close to me.
+
+"Who is it laughs?" she whispered. "This is not the first time I've
+heard it, when I spoke and thought of love. It--frightens me. But,"
+she cried with sudden energy, "I _will_ believe that love is
+everything. If it is not, what becomes of us poor women? Are our
+lives all wasted on a dream?"
+
+"I do not know what it is that laughs," I said. "Some evil influence
+seems to dog my path, that turns all the smiling face of the earth to
+dust and ashes. But do not doubt, and I will not. True love is the
+one eternal thing in our mortal lives. It is greater than we are
+ourselves, and it is never wasted--"
+
+Suddenly the flames, in their silver sockets, sucked upward once and
+then were gone, and we were left in inky darkness, the priestess of
+Lal and I, cowering close together like two frightened children,
+while ghostly garments rustled all about us, and ghostly voices
+whispered, and we saw what Okimi learned.
+
+
+The girl Okimi is the daughter of parents who are poor and so honest
+that they sold their daughter for money to pay their debts, just as
+soon as it was possible. The girl went down to the ship and away
+across the radiant Inland Sea without shame, and without a murmur at
+her fate, for such things happen so often that the gods have no time
+to listen to complaints.
+
+That is how she came to be living in a strange land, in a gilded
+house in a garden where big paper lanterns glow in the shrubbery
+every night. Okimi soon discovered the garden, and learned to be
+fairly happy there in her placid, childish way, tickling the
+gold-fish in the fountain basin with long blades of grass, and
+laughing to see them dart away, playing with the monkeys, and
+crooning little flower-songs to the big, unfriendly ylang-ylang.
+
+It was all very well while the day lasted. But when the evening
+shadows began to gather in the corners, Mama San would call from the
+balcony, "Now, girls!" Okimi tried to be very obedient, and when Mama
+San called she would rush away as fast as she could, with her funny
+little toed-in steps, to dab on the rouge and put on the silken
+kimono and smile bravely over the samisen. Mama San said men like a
+girl who smiles and sings and is gay, and even Okimi was wise enough
+to know that the more men liked her, the sooner she would be free and
+back in sight of dear old Fuji. That's what she always called him,
+"dear old Fuji," a rather familiar name to give to a sacred mountain,
+but then Okimi was a little girl, and big Fujiyama had never seemed
+to mind.
+
+Okimi never knew just how it came about that the girls, Haristo and
+Ghana and the rest, began to laugh at her and to say things in the
+English she found it so hard to understand. She just managed to make
+out these words: "Okimi San got sooeetart! Okimi San got sooeetart!"
+She ran to find her oracle, Mama San.
+
+"What is this 'sooeetart'?" she demanded.
+
+"It is a foreign custom," said Mama San. "These white men, they
+become as mad. It is one girl always, and if she speaks with another
+they are very 'jalous' and wish to fight."
+
+"Oh, I know!" cried Okimi. "It is like their honorable marriage."
+
+"It is not like the marriage of Nippon. They have somewhat that they
+call 'love.' They say always, 'I love yeeoo, sooeetart.' I have
+heard them. When I was young like you, I had many sooeetart," said
+Mama San, puffing complacently at her cigarette.
+
+"And what is this thing 'love'?" Okimi persisted.
+
+"Pshaw, child, how should I know? It is some madness inside one; we
+have it not in Japan. Run and play with the monkeys."
+
+So Okimi went and played with the monkeys, and asked them what love
+is. She was a curious little thing. But they only grinned horribly
+at her and chattered, and the goldfish did not seem to know, and the
+ylang-ylang blossoms were silent about it, though she sang them her
+very prettiest song.
+
+"Foolish flowers," she cried, "you do not know our tongue," and she
+flung them in the fountain basin and set the bright fish scurrying.
+
+And still the girls, the tired-looking, laughing little girls, would
+cry, "Okimi San got sooeetart! Okimi San got sooeetart!" And still
+Okimi San went on asking the trees and the flowers and the birds,
+"What is sooeetart? What is this 'love'?" And they never could
+understand and answer.
+
+Even Buddh would not tell her, even black, ugly, good little Buddh,
+who sat cross-legged above the pyramid of dough-cakes on the dresser
+and protected Okimi. Buddh would not tell her, though she asked him
+time and time again, with her head on the floor at his feet, as
+humbly as could be.
+
+So one night when the man they called Sweetheart came, Okimi asked
+him. He looked blank at first, and she was afraid he was not going
+to tell her. Then suddenly he gathered her up in his arms, and
+kissed her on her laughing eyes and pouting lips and little, dimpled
+chin. "That is love," said he.
+
+Now Okimi had long been practising that honorably foolish and
+disgusting foreign habit, the kiss. She tried hard, for Mama San,
+the oracle, said men like girls who know how to kiss. Generally she
+shut her eyes very tight and screwed up her lips and held her breath.
+But this time, when Sooeetart said, "This is love," and his lips
+touched hers, she seemed to have no breath at all, and her eyes
+stayed open and looked right into his, and--Okimi wriggled out of
+Sweetheart's arms and ran away as fast as she could with her funny
+little toed-in steps.
+
+And all the girls together couldn't pull her back. But next morning
+she gave the juiciest orange to dear, ugly little Buddh who sat
+cross-legged in the corner and protected her.
+
+She called Sweetheart "Jiji" after that. Jiji means old man, but if
+you know how to say it just right, it can mean dearest, littlest,
+biggest, belovedest old man. Okimi said it that way.
+
+Jiji made a most delightful playmate, after Okimi had learned not to
+be afraid of him. He was so big; when he knelt on a cushion, one of
+his feet went under the bed, and she had to move a chair to make room
+for the other. And he was so strong, and insisted on carrying her
+all about the house in a sort of triumphal procession, whereat the
+monkeys and parrots chattered and shrieked in amazement, while Okimi
+kicked him in the ribs and cried "Gid ap" in Japanese, and swore at
+him innocently in Tagalo, the way she had heard the native coachman
+talk to his horses. Such romps as they used to have.
+
+But she liked the quiet hours best, when they were alone together,
+and the samisen waked the echoes of a thousand sorrows. It was sweet
+to hear the echoes of the sorrows, and then look into Jiji's eyes.
+And then he had to see if anything had changed since his last visit,
+and they would make an important tour of inspection, hand in hand.
+There was the little pot of iris which she was trying so hard to make
+live in this strange land. And the wrinkled old dwarf of a
+pine-tree, not much taller than Jiji's longest finger. And there was
+Buddh, who sat behind the little bowl of blazing oil and protected
+Okimi. Often, after Jiji was asleep, she would creep out very softly
+to kneel and say, "Dear Buddh, mighty Buddh, now we know what love
+is. We thank thee for telling us." And ugly little Buddh, sitting
+there cross-legged in the tiny, flickering spot of light, smiled back
+at her most knowingly.
+
+All the girls liked Jiji. He was always making them laugh, and
+laughter is a pleasant thing. Somehow the food wouldn't stay on his
+chop-sticks, and so one or two of them must come to his relief. They
+would pick out the snowiest grains of rice for him, and the juiciest
+bits of fish and seaweed, and the fattest of the little green plums.
+Sometimes they would get to racing with each other, and pop things
+into Jiji's mouth till he could only hold up his hands and shake his
+head in mournful protest. Then, when he got his breath, he was as
+likely to say "_Doyo mashi tashi_" as anything.
+
+Jiji was very proud of his accomplishment in the language. He had
+one phrase which he used as often as he could. It was "_Sayonara de
+gans_," and it always made the girls laugh very heartily, for they
+didn't know what "_de gans_" meant. Jiji didn't know either, so when
+they laughed he thought he had made a joke in an unfamiliar tongue,
+and he laughed, too. Then they would all laugh, and Jiji would go
+swinging down to his carriage with his big strides, and the girls
+would all crowd to the window and call after him, as he drove away,
+"_Sayonara_! Goo' bye, Jiji San. _Sayonara de gons_!"
+
+Okimi didn't run to the window with the rest, but hid in her room,
+those days, and was very busy. A festival of her people was
+approaching, and she had determined to make for Jiji the very
+beautifullest kimono that ever was known. From Kobe came a bolt of
+silk, the wonderful crepe which makes you catch your breath when the
+man unrolls it. Blue, it was, and softly blended from the deep,
+quiet shadow of the Inland Sea to the tint that trembles in the
+throat of an unfolding iris, and the artist-weaver had even caught
+the hint of color which rests on Fujiyama when the springtime days
+are near. And over all he had scattered handful after lavish handful
+of snowy cherry-blossoms.
+
+Okimi hung over it for many days, not daring to cut a thing so
+precious. And she called in her dearest friend, sweet-faced little
+Misao San, and they held it up to the light and draped it about them,
+and fondled it, and feasted their starved little souls on it.
+
+When at last it was cut, Okimi would sit on the floor to sew while
+Misao sang to her. One day Misao happened to remember an old, old
+song. It goes something like this:
+
+ White is all the cherry-garden
+ In the moonlight there below;
+ Poor lost petals fluttering downward
+ Cold, like snow.
+
+ I am lost as are the blossoms--
+ My heart is full of lonely pain--
+ Come for me, dear lord my master
+ E'er the cherries bloom again.
+
+
+Misao sang, and Okimi, listening, gazed at something very far away.
+And she gathered up the pictured blossoms, and pressed them very
+softly. Misao, looking as fluffy and gentle and bewildered as a
+kitten, let the samisen fall with a crash, and Okimi came back to her.
+
+"Okimi, dear," said Misao timidly, "do you know what love is?"
+
+"Love?" echoed Okimi. "Why, love is--" She went over to the window.
+"Look, Misao San, the iris will surely blossom soon. Here is a bud.
+Love is--and see, the so-strong little pine-tree has sent out
+three--four--six sharp new needles!" She patted him gently.
+"Love--why, love is everything."
+
+"Can you see it?" asked dreamy, practical little Misao.
+
+Okimi looked at the swelling iris, and the pure, delicate
+cherry-blossoms on the silk, and Buddh, sitting cross-legged above
+his dough-cakes.
+
+"Yes," said Okimi, "you can see it everywhere."
+
+"Can you feel it?"
+
+The breeze came creeping in, sweet with the scents of the green
+world, and stirred Okimi's sleeve.
+
+"Yes," she answered, "everywhere you feel it."
+
+"And hear it?" asked Misao, wondering.
+
+A cock crowed bravely in the yard, and there came a burst of distant,
+childish laughter.
+
+"And hear it everywhere," said Okimi, and she began to hum: "White is
+all the cherry-garden."
+
+"This love must be a strange thing," said Misao sleepily, curling up
+on the cushions. "I do not understand it. Why cannot I see it, and
+hear it, and feel it, if it is everywhere?"
+
+So Okimi hid in her room and sewed away, day after day, till she
+sewed a hole into the end of her little pink finger. Jiji San
+discovered it and demanded an explanation.
+
+"It is nothing," Okimi answered. "I am just making a worthless gift
+for thee. Soon it will be the New Year's of Nippon, and it is a
+custom to bring gifts."
+
+"What gift shall I bring for thee?" Jiji asked.
+
+Okimi made a wrinkle come in her forehead before she could answer
+that question. "I think," she said at last, "I think I should like a
+monkey."
+
+"But there are many monkeys already," Jiji objected.
+
+"Chungo pinches me, and Bungsaksan is very dirty," Okimi answered
+gravely. "I want a monkey all my own. Just a very little monkey,
+little as that--" She held out her absurd little hand, no bigger
+than a baby's. "I could talk to him when you are not here."
+
+"Child," Jiji promised laughingly, "you shall have a monkey little
+enough to go climbing about our pine-tree."
+
+When New Year's came, Okimi was busy as could be. There was the
+"Christmas-tree" to make, a bare branch hung from the ceiling. It
+took a long time to tie the fluttering strips of red and gilded paper
+on all the twigs, and fasten the tiny white storks in their places.
+Then there were new dough-cakes to be made for Buddh, and his bowl to
+be filled with special, perfumed oil. And she must hunt for the very
+sweetest spray of ylang-ylang, and go to buy an orange. He fared
+very well that day, the good little Buddh who sat cross-legged in the
+corner and smiled back at Okimi.
+
+When all that was finished, and Misao San had done her hair and she
+had dressed in her gayest and laid out the new kimono, done at last,
+for Jiji, it was dusk and she had not long to wait, there in the
+happy, expectant silence.
+
+"Here is thy monkey," Jiji said. His voice was strained, but Okimi
+did not notice it. She was busy with the frightened, clinging, furry
+thing.
+
+"I cannot thank thee," she said. "Here is an insignificant gift I
+have made for thee. Put it on."
+
+Jiji fingered the soft folds of the kimono nervously. "Not now," he
+said. "I have to go now."
+
+"What, on our night?" cried Okimi. "It is well," she added bravely.
+"Thou wilt return after a little--be still, little brown one, I will
+not hurt thee--and we will eat then. Mama San gave me a beautiful
+chicken for us. She is very good to me."
+
+Jiji grew still more nervous. "Okimi ca," he said at last, "I--well,
+the Regiment sails to-morrow."
+
+"Sails?" Okimi repeated dully, sliding to the floor.
+
+"To America," Jiji explained. "The Regiment is ordered home, and I
+must go with it. I am a soldier."
+
+"Oh," said Okimi. Her face, as she huddled there on the floor, was
+hidden under the gay pink lining of her sleeve. "America? Is it--is
+it far to America?"
+
+"Very far," he answered.
+
+"Oh," said Okimi. The monkey tugged at her sleeve, and she raised
+her head a little. "It does not matter," she said sturdily. "Very
+soon now I shall have bought myself from Mama San. I shall be free,
+and I will come to thee. I will go anywhere for thee, so it does not
+matter--much. Put on thy kimono."
+
+Jiji's nails were cutting into his palms and he did not know it.
+"Thou canst not come, Okimi. In America I--I--" there are some
+things it's hard to say, even to a broken plaything. "I am married
+in America."
+
+"Oh," said Okimi. She gave the monkey a little push and he went
+scuttling under the bed, with shrill cries of alarm. "But, oh, my
+beloved, let me come to thee! I will be her servant. Let me but
+come. She will not care. In Nippon are many who live so."
+
+"In America," said Jiji, "they do not understand. You cannot come,
+Okimi. It would ruin me."
+
+Then Okimi did what all her sisters of the East, and some not of the
+East, have learned to do. She bowed her head and said very quietly:
+"Thou knowest what is best for thee. It shall be so."
+
+The little monkey, in the silence, poked out his head and looked up
+at big Jiji with a quick, silent grin, as a frightened monkey will.
+And Jiji, looking down at the gay rumpled figure at his feet, said
+something that sounded like "Godamit." Then he cleared his throat
+very harshly. "_Sayonara, Okimi ca_," he muttered. "_Sayonara de
+gans_," and he laughed unsteadily as he went out.
+
+"_Sayonara_, Jiji San," said Okimi.
+
+For a long time she lay quite still. So long that the frightened,
+curious monkey crept out to look about him. He stretched out his
+claw-like hand and plucked inquiringly at the gay bundle on the
+floor. Okimi did not stir, and he drew back his lips in a nervous
+grin. He made a little rush and grinned back inquiringly at the
+bundle, another and another, and took heart. The flame attracted
+him, and he scrambled to the dresser and stood face to face with
+Buddh. He jumped back with his grin of frightened surprise, but
+Buddh did not even deign to look at him. After a moment he sidled
+closer, glancing with quick hard eyes now at the bundle, now at the
+god. At last he stretched out his tiny brown hand and touched
+Buddh's knee. He dipped a wee finger in Buddh's perfumed oil, and
+tasted it. Then he dipped in both hands and splattered, as you have
+seen a baby in its bath, and grinned up maliciously, ready to run.
+But Buddh gazed straight ahead, unmoved, and the monkey, bold at
+last, gave the orange a most tremendous little shove. It tottered,
+and bumped down to the floor, and went rolling under the bed, and the
+monkey followed it with shrill little cries of triumph.
+
+The noise startled Okimi and she raised her head. Then she went
+blindly over to Buddh, ugly, wrinkled, good little Buddh, who sat
+cross-legged and protected her. She patted the ridiculous little
+dough-cakes with lingering, caressing hands, and stirred the spray of
+flowers so that they gave out their sweetest odor. She bent very low
+before the god.
+
+"Mighty Buddh," she pleaded, "he is my sooeetart. I am just a little
+girl, and I love him. Please give him back to me, dear Buddh."
+
+She looked up at him timidly, seeking assurance, but he did not smile
+back at her. She was going to say more, trying to make Buddh
+understand how extremely important it was, but just then Mama San
+knocked at the door and told her she must come down-stairs.
+
+So Okimi dabbed on the rouge, and smoothed out her gay silken kimono,
+and took her samisen, and hurried down as fast as she could with her
+funny little toed-in steps.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+WHERE THERE IS NO TURNING
+
+Again the swaying lamps burned dim above us, and the priestess of
+Lal, all trembling, looked up at me with terror-haunted eyes.
+
+"Poor little child," she whispered. "Poor little life-mocked child!
+That is the bitter fate which women fear, to be sucked dry of their
+fresh sweetness, of their life, and then be tossed aside. Oh, I have
+seen it many times. We give our all, and it is wasted because men--"
+
+"Not all men," I said. "Not all men are like Okimi's warrior
+sweetheart."
+
+"They are all alike," cried the priestess of Lal vehemently. "In
+their hearts they are all alike, lighter than air, unstabler than
+water, more fickle than nectar-seeking butterflies. They love our
+beauty, and when that is gone-- Look you," she cried. "This is the
+tragedy of a woman, to be beautiful, to be loved, and to grow old.
+Look," she said. "I will show you."
+
+Once again the light of the silver lamps was quenched, and silent,
+side by side, the priestess of Lal and I looked far down the weary
+path which Eastern women travel not knowing where an end shall be.
+
+
+In all the ride from Segovia along the beach, Hazlitt met only three
+living things, three women staring at him out of the folds of dingy
+calico which shielded their faces from the glare of sun and sea. One
+was young and very graceful; another was not so young, a comely,
+ox-like thing, laden with comfortable fat. The third was old and
+bent, with a hideously wrinkled, hopeless face, the mask of that
+impatient death which shrivels away the women of the hot Eastern
+world, outside and in. For a moment they startled him. They were
+like phantoms risen to confront him on the lifeless beach, for the
+youngest was but a memory of what the eldest had been a little time
+before, and the eldest only a prophecy of what the youngest soon
+would be. As they stood and watched him passing by, shifting their
+worn feet uneasily on the blistering sand, Hazlitt felt a mild
+stirring of pity at the familiar sight.
+
+"Hoy, friends," he hailed them. "Can one of you tell me the way to
+the plantation of Don Raymundo?"
+
+The girl looked at him shyly under lowered lids; the grandmother,
+squatting on her haunches, puffed at a ragged fragment of cigar she
+carried and gazed out to sea; but the mother clutched volubly at the
+opportunity of speech.
+
+"Go on till you come to the mango which blew down in the typhoon of
+ten years ago," she said, "and the road is there. It is called the
+'Trail that has no Turning.' Don Raymundo is a Castilian of the
+noblest, and he is the richest _haciendero_ in the world. Each year
+he loads a hundred ships with sugar. The plantation is called the
+'Hacienda without a Name.' Don Raymundo has a daughter whose name is
+Señorita Dolores. She is the most beautiful woman in the world. His
+wife is Doña Ceferina." For a moment a look of dislike crossed the
+broad, good-natured face. "They call her Doña, and she is very
+proud, but after all she is just a mestizo, almost a Filipina like
+us. She--"
+
+Hazlitt broke into her chatter with his thanks, flipped a coin in the
+air, and jogged on till he had left them far behind, three moving
+dots on the waste, plodding the way of Malay womenfolk.
+
+
+Hidden in the green-shrouded wilderness of the lower hills, the
+Hacienda without a Name lay under the sunset enchanting as a lost
+fragment of some old world, where labor next the soil was the
+happiest thing in life. And up in the _sala_ of the great house on
+the hill, the mistress of the _hacienda_ stared at Hazlitt over her
+cup. She was a beautiful woman, but under the Caucasian mold of her
+features another face was beginning to show dimly, the face of a race
+whose very heat and strength of life fuses all lines down to mere
+shapelessness of flesh. A part of Doña Ceferina had been overtaken
+by the unrelenting advance of middle age.
+
+"You say my husband is a prince, Señor?" Doña Ceferina echoed
+doubtfully over her cup, and her soft forehead wrinkled in
+bewilderment. This strange young visitor had puzzling notions of
+what constitutes conversation, a diversion of which Doña Ceferina was
+extremely fond. "Without doubt," she said, "I think that is a
+mistake."
+
+Hazlitt looked at her in mingled amusement and vexation. In all his
+wonderful day of discovery, this talkative, commonplace woman had
+been the sole jarring note. But Doña Ceferina, oblivious to his
+emotions, sat in the cool twilight of the big room and poised her
+cup, like some hybrid goddess of justice about to render a decision.
+
+"Beyond doubt, it is a mistake," said Doña Ceferina. "Don Raymundo's
+family is one of the oldest in Spain, but it has never married with
+royalty. There are few princes in Spain not of the royal blood; it
+is not like Russia." The word gave her a clue to a topic of real
+interest, and she brightened. "When I was a girl, back at school, I
+met a Russian prince, one summer at Biarritz--"
+
+Over _his_ cup, Don Raymundo's tiny Mephistophelian moustache lifted
+slightly in the mocking smile which was his extremest expression of
+emotion, and Hazlitt rushed to the righting of his false lead.
+
+"Of course I did not mean that Don Raymundo was a prince in name," he
+explained, "but in fact, you know."
+
+Doña Ceferina raised her cup and sipped her chocolate resignedly, but
+Hazlitt did not heed her.
+
+"The startling, the wonderful thing to an American like me is that he
+is not only a prince in power, but a prince of another age. The
+people here on the plantation are his, belong to him personally.
+Take that thing we saw just now, for example, all those hundreds of
+people coming in to the plantation kitchen for their suppers--"
+
+Doña Ceferina rose to her opportunity. "If you only knew," she said,
+"how much rice it takes to feed five thousand people--"
+
+Hazlitt, brimming with the enthusiasm the day had brought him, swept
+on. "Think of having a jail of your own, and putting people in it
+when you like, being their law! Why, I dare say they'd follow him to
+war if he told them to, and--and sack the next plantation.
+It's--it's positively feudal, you know. That's the only word; all
+this doesn't belong to our day at all. And yet they say there's no
+romance left in trade!"
+
+He stopped abruptly, for Doña Ceferina was gazing at him with round
+eyes. If one could picture the eyes of a ruminative cow, watching
+with mild curiosity a serpent which sought to charm her, one would
+have seen the eyes of Doña Ceferina just then. Don Raymundo smiled
+inscrutably, and the pause grew awkward.
+
+Suddenly a soft voice came to Hazlitt's relief. "You remember
+'feudal,' mama," it said reassuringly. "Ever so long ago, when they
+had knights and squires and--and _gens-d'armes_, and people lived in
+castles, and they had the Inquisition in Spain, and the friars,
+and--and everything. That was 'feudal.'"
+
+Doña Ceferina sighed with relief and sipped: "Dolores has just come
+back from school, so she remembers all those things," she explained
+to Hazlitt. "I learned them once, of course, but one forgets, out
+here. And so you think we're feudal? I don't know, I'm sure. Of
+course there aren't any knights any more, or castles, but we _do_
+have the friars. Listen, señor," and she set her cup on a little
+table, to give freedom to her hands, and plunged into the story of
+the latest exaction by the local representative of the hierarchy of
+the Philippines.
+
+No one minded her much. Her husband sat with half-closed eyes and
+puffed at his cigarette, Dolores turned to her window and gazed down
+on her little world as it went to sleep, and Hazlitt's eyes persisted
+in wandering to the girlish figure, glowing in a belated, ruddy shaft
+of light. Decidedly, the talkative woman on the beach had shown some
+discrimination in placing Señorita Dolores on the pinnacle of beauty.
+Suddenly Hazlitt became aware that Doña Ceferina's tale was told, and
+that her talk had taken a more personal turn.
+
+[Illustration: "_Dolores gazed down on her little world as it went to
+sleep._"]
+
+"It's so good to have one from our own world to talk to again," she
+said enthusiastically. "One gets lonely here, with only natives for
+neighbors. I tremble to think what my existence would have been,
+after I came back from school, if Don Raymundo had not been here to
+rescue me." She smiled radiantly at her black and white spouse, as
+if to include him in the conversation, but he only drew long on his
+cigarette and puffed the smoke very deliberately toward the ceiling.
+Hazlitt's eyes wandered to the window again, and Doña Ceferina's
+followed them.
+
+"Isn't she beautiful?" she whispered.
+
+"Yes," said Hazlitt, half to himself. "She's like a Madonna, a
+Madonna whom some great man dreamed of painting and gave up in
+despair."
+
+"Exactly," Doña Ceferina agreed hastily. "That's just it. She's
+beautiful as the Virgin herself, and good! Poor child, after three
+years of Paris and Madrid, to come back to this!" She swept an
+over-jeweled hand at the great, simple, dignified room. "No wonder
+she's lonely, poor little dear. Go and talk to her, Señor Hasleet."
+
+Hazlitt accepted his permission with alacrity. As he approached,
+Doña Dolores glanced timidly at him across the gulf of sex, which
+tradition and training had fixed between her and all male things not
+of her blood, and retreated into herself. Her shyness was part of
+her attraction, Hazlitt thought, and did not find the silence awkward
+as he stood beside her and looked down with her on the _hacienda_.
+
+In the shaggy village clustered about the squat stone chimney of the
+mill, groups of girls and young men were laughing and splashing about
+the wells; from the little groves which embowered the houses, the
+evening fires glowed red; the light breeze carried, even to that
+distance, a hint of the pungent wood-smoke. As Hazlitt watched the
+peaceful scene, all the love of the open which had led him wandering
+through life rolled over him in a wave.
+
+"Jove, it's a good old world, after all," he said.
+
+The girl glanced up at him quickly. "After all?" she echoed
+plaintively. "Tell me, señor. The Sisters always said that the
+world was bad, and we must be afraid of it. When you speak so,
+_saying_ that it is good, I wonder if you also do not think it is
+bad. Why isn't it good, if we are happy in it?"
+
+Hazlitt smiled down into her puzzled eyes. Decidedly they were
+matter-of-fact, these women of the _hacienda_. "It is good," he
+assured her, with the calm philosophy of his thirty years behind him.
+"Of course it's good." Still she looked up at him, forgetting her
+shyness, and a gust of protectiveness and elder-brotherly affection
+for this tender, budding woman-thing took hold of him. "It's good,"
+he urged, "and you will always be happy in it."
+
+Back in the dimness Doña Ceferina was sipping her third cup of
+chocolate, while Raymundo smoked with half shut eyes and smiled
+inscrutably.
+
+
+Like Dorcas or Abigail or whoever she was of old, Doña Ceferina sat
+among her maidens. There were half a dozen of them on the floor,
+sewing and spinning and chattering in subdued voices, while the
+mistress of the _hacienda_ sat enthroned in the midst of them. But
+unlike whoever she was of old, Doña Ceferina had a card-table before
+her, and on the other side of the table Hazlitt sat, and the two
+smiled companionably across at each other as they sorted fat bundles
+of cards.
+
+They were playing _panguingui_. One plays _panguingui_ with six
+packs of cards and much patience. Doña Ceferina and Hazlitt had
+played a good deal of it since they first met, six months before, and
+Hazlitt's patience had never wearied. Neither had the patience of
+Señorita Dolores, which is more to the point, for she had to stand
+behind Hazlitt's chair and help him with the unfamiliar cards. She
+was standing there now.
+
+"Hazleet, it is your lead," said Doña Ceferina, gathering up her
+hand. It was a sign of the fellowship established between them that
+she called him Hazlitt in the good, round, Spanish way, without any
+fuss over titles. It was a stronger sign that she sat with her feet
+tucked up in her chair, native-fashion. "One gets used to it," she
+had explained, the first time she ventured it in his presence, "and
+it's much more comfortable."
+
+"Hazleet, I shall beat you again," said Doña Ceferina. "Lead!"
+
+Hazlitt laid his finger inquiringly on a card, and looked back over
+his shoulder, where a pair of interested eyes signalled approval.
+Suddenly he spied a forgotten card down in the corner of his fistful.
+Señorita Dolores gave a small wail of dismay as he played it, and
+Doña Ceferina smiled in pleasant derision.
+
+"I mistook it for a King," said Hazlitt in apology.
+
+"It is a mistake," said the remorseless Doña Ceferina, "which costs
+you a _media peseta_. Now play again."
+
+Hazlitt played again and again, and lost each time, and enjoyed Doña
+Ceferina's little triumph almost as much as she did. She wasn't half
+bad, if she was not exciting, this plump good-natured Doña Ceferina,
+with her eternal cigarette and her cards or novel or conversation.
+Hazlitt smiled whimsically at that last thought. "What are you
+laughing at, Hazleet?" his opponent demanded.
+
+He had been thinking of the Frenchwoman who was famed for having such
+a marvellous gift for conversation, and none at all for dialogue, but
+he couldn't very well tell Doña Ceferina that. "At the way I'm
+playing," he replied.
+
+"You couldn't well play worse," said Doña Ceferina good-humoredly,
+taking toll of her bit of silver. "Lead again."
+
+Hazlitt _could_ play worse, and promptly did it. There are infinite
+possibilities of badness, even in _panguingui_. Not at all a bad
+person to share a secret with, this simple, matter-of-fact Doña
+Ceferina. And he believed they were sharing one. In Doña Ceferina's
+placidly romantic bosom, he guessed, had grown a vision of a young
+prince come out of the West to rescue her imprisoned princess from
+this tropical Castle of Indolence. A vision had come to him, too, a
+vision which made him lean back and forget his cards. Six months ago
+a beach-comber, gilded and respectable, of course, but still a
+beach-comber, an adventurer, without a country; and now, perhaps, a
+man whom many a petty prince might envy. Fancy ruling undisputed
+with Señorita Dolores over the quiet domain of the "Hacienda without
+a Name!" Jove, what a queen she'd make.
+
+A hand stole down over his and pityingly pointed out the proper card,
+and Hazlitt sternly repressed an impulse to fling away the cards and
+take the hand, and keep it. The time was drawing near when he must
+put his fortune to the test.
+
+The cards ran out, and Doña Ceferina glowed triumphant. "Another
+game, Hazleet?" she asked.
+
+Hazlitt laughingly turned his pocket out to show that the modest sum
+allotted for the stakes of the day was exhausted, and Doña Ceferina
+swept up her little heap of silver. "You play worse than ever, I
+think," she said frankly.
+
+"Still, I may learn _panguingui_ before I die," said Hazlitt. A
+sudden impulse seized him. He leaned forward and fixed the mistress
+of the _hacienda_ with his eye. "I rather think, Doña Ceferina," he
+said, with slow emphasis, "that I shall have to stay out here till I
+die. There seems to be no escape. I shall have to stay and--learn
+to play _panguingui_. What do you think?"
+
+In the heavy eyes of Doña Ceferina a small glow kindled, as of the
+surviving remnants of a very tiny fire. Hazlitt had seen them light
+that way before, when Doña Ceferina reached the climax of a novel.
+The glow deepened, and she looked at his understandingly. Her hand
+trembled a little on the table. "Why not, Hazleet?" she said.
+"It--it would be very pleasant for all of us. I--" She rose
+hastily. "I shall have to leave you for a minute. I hope you and
+Dolores can amuse yourselves till luncheon," she said with elaborate
+innocence, and went away.
+
+Hazlitt followed poor unsuspecting Dolores, thus left as a ewe lamb
+to the wolf, over to the window, and stood looking down with her,
+while the half-dozen maidens let needle and spindle fall, and
+exchanged knowing glances.
+
+The rains had come and gone, and the tropical world was thrilling
+with the swift rush of its springtime. The black fields were mistily
+green with the new-set spikes of cane, the sky was fleecy with white
+banks of cloud, the very air was sweet and full of life. Hazlitt
+drew a deep breath of it. "God!" he said, "what a good old place
+this old world is to live in."
+
+Dolores glanced up at him. No one would have called her a Madonna
+now. The spring-tide had entered into her, and she was vibrant with
+a thrill of living of which no monkish painter ever dreamed. "Why do
+you talk like that?" she demanded. "Of course it's a good world."
+
+Hazlitt gazed down into the upturned eyes. "And you are happy in it,
+Dolores?" he asked.
+
+At his tone Dolores flushed rosy and turned away, and her hand
+gripped the edge of the broad sill with little, helpless, useless
+fingers. Hazlitt laid his hand over it protectingly, and it did not
+draw away. "You are happy, Dolores?" he repeated.
+
+"Of course," said Dolores faintly. "Why shouldn't I be, when
+everything is--so beautiful and--and good?"
+
+"Happy Dolores," said Hazlitt. And then Don Raymundo rode round the
+turn in the shrubbery below and swung from the saddle. Dolores
+shrank back, but Don Raymundo only smiled up inscrutably. If he had
+seen the little comedy, he gave no sign. "I'll join you in a
+minute," he called to them.
+
+A flash of anger swept over Hazlitt at this man whose mere approach
+took all the witchery from life. He pressed Dolores' hand before he
+released it. "She shall be happy," he muttered defiantly, to Don
+Raymundo and the world. "She shall be happy always."
+
+
+"There seems to be a great deal of unnecessary time in the world,"
+Don Raymundo observed with his perverse triviality. He and Hazlitt
+had run across each other in the _sala_ after their siesta, and now
+they were sitting with their long chairs drawn up before a window,
+waiting for the end of the day.
+
+"Perhaps there is," Hazlitt agreed, slowly gathering resolution for
+his plunge. "And yet, with agreeable companionship, and perhaps a
+wife--Don Raymundo, we Americans are blunt. I want to marry Doña
+Dolores."
+
+Don Raymundo smoked placidly for a moment. "I have been expecting
+this," he said at last. "I have--shall _I_ be blunt?--been fearing
+this."
+
+Hazlitt flushed. "I know it seems presumptuous," he said. "People
+will call me a climber. And yet-- We have no aristocracy in my
+country, no recognized aristocracy, as perhaps you know. But of such
+families as we have, mine is not the worst. For five generations--"
+
+"I care little about families," said Don Raymundo coolly.
+
+The tone was courteous, but the words stung Hazlitt. "I am not a
+rich man," he said, "but I have enough. I was afraid at first that
+it was the _hacienda_ I cared for, not the wealth of it, but the
+power and romance of the life here. That was what took me at first,
+but now it's Doña Dolores herself. I know it. I had hoped--" he
+hesitated. After six months of almost daily intercourse it was as
+impossible to break through Don Raymundo's smiling reserve as it had
+been at first. "I had hoped that you might find the company of
+another white man not disagreeable, that we might perhaps even become
+friends, but--all that doesn't matter, but simply this: it isn't the
+_hacienda_ I want."
+
+Don Raymundo spread out his hands with a gesture of utter weariness.
+"I care so little for the _hacienda_ and who has it and what becomes
+of it," he said, "that if the burden of it could be lifted from me I
+should be almost happy, I think." And while scorn for the eternal
+posing of the man was setting Hazlitt's lips, he went on: "My friend,
+and I call you friend because I feel a friendliness for you, I am
+going to tell you a story I never thought to tell to any one." Don
+Raymundo's momentary energy dropped from him. "If you care to
+listen," he amended, in his most uninterested manner.
+
+"Go on, please," said Hazlitt impatiently.
+
+"It is a story of a young man in Spain," said Don Raymundo, "a boy
+who had a mama and a sister and a name, all of them associated with a
+rambling stone house that perched on a sunburnt hill. He also had a
+somewhat lively and energetic brain, and a very moderate education.
+All he lacked was an income. I hope I do not bore you more than
+usual?"
+
+Hazlitt moved restlessly, and Don Raymundo continued: "Observe the
+sequence. The wealth of dreams is traditionally Oriental, and the
+Philippines lie in the Orient. So the boy, lying there beneath the
+broken roof of the gaunt stone house, and being sadly in need of an
+income, dreams of a journey over sunny seas to a region where
+Spaniards dwell in palaces and gain untold gold, living like little
+gods together on broad acres where cane rustles and coffee-blossoms
+gleam and the hemp sends up its never-dying stalk. Demonio!" said
+Don Raymundo, with a mocking lightness bitter as it well could be, "I
+seem to be falling into the mood of that boy who dreamed."
+
+Don Raymundo's silence seemed expectant, somehow, and Hazlitt asked:
+"He came?"
+
+"He came," said Don Raymundo, "and he awoke. They say that he found
+the rustling cane and the gleaming blossoms a bit monotonous, even
+while they turned to gold beneath his touch. His environment, I take
+it, must have been rather like--" He motioned toward the window and
+the world that lay outside it, the fields stretching away in the
+burning light to the dim edge of the forest, the endless sweep of the
+jungle, the distant glow of the sleeping sea, all the untamable world
+that pressed around the "Hacienda without a Name."
+
+"Like this," Hazlitt assented reluctantly.
+
+"Like this," Don Raymundo agreed. "People say he said at last that
+proper companionship, and perhaps a wife--_Diós mio_, I grow stupid.
+His nearest neighbor, who was half a native, was--blessed, I believe
+the proper word is--blessed with a daughter. A most charming young
+woman in those days, they tell me, very gay, very gentle, very
+affectionate, most accomplished; she had spent many years on the
+Continent, I believe. In short, she was an unusually beautiful and
+attractive young person, very like--"
+
+"Like--" Hazlitt began unwillingly, and stopped.
+
+"Like Dolores," Don Raymundo assented for him. "And this interesting
+young woman naturally felt ill at ease among her homestaying
+half-countrymen, and naturally had much in common--but all that is
+easily understood. They were married. And that," Don Raymundo said
+with languid brutality, "seems to have been the ending of the young
+man's second dream. Since then he has lived with open eyes."
+
+Hazlitt felt a twinge of shame come over him at listening. After
+all, the law which establishes a neutral strip of silence between men
+is based on something deeper than mere convention.
+
+"Don't you think," Hazlitt asked at last--he had to say
+something--"that this young man took himself too seriously, too
+tragically? If he had given more to life, had gone about among
+people--"
+
+"I understand," Don Raymundo interrupted him, "that he declined to go
+out among his countrymen, where his wife was received only as a favor
+to himself and his name. He was a somewhat Quixotic young man, you
+see. And his Filipino friends, though worthy people doubtless, were
+somewhat unattractive and dull to both the young man and his wife.
+So in the end he was restricted to the joys of home. And his wife
+grew old more rapidly than he. There seemed to be something in her
+blood that made her grow old quickly."
+
+For a moment Hazlitt felt a gleam of pity for the lonely man beside
+him. Then his back stiffened.
+
+"I do not think," said Hazlitt, and for his life could not keep the
+vibration of scorn from his voice, "that I love Doña Dolores merely
+because she is young and beautiful. What I want is to make _her_
+happy. We can grow old together."
+
+Don Raymundo smiled, and for once his smile was patient instead of
+mocking. "You are like that young man of mine now," he said gently.
+"You remind me very much of him. When you are older, you will judge
+less harshly. And aren't you overlooking something? Is it my
+happiness that counts, or yours, or even Dolores', though it's hard
+that she should suffer for the mistake her father made." He drew
+himself up in his chair and looked at Hazlitt with a new light in his
+eyes.
+
+"Have you any right to marry her?" he asked almost sternly. "What of
+your children? And their children? A hundred years from now, will
+they be--_white_? Or must they go on forever belonging nowhere,
+despised by half the brothers of their blood, and themselves
+despising the other half? Where will it end?"
+
+Enlightenment burst on Hazlitt in a flash. This was no lover's
+obstacle, to be surmounted by theatric leaps and bounds. He had come
+face to face with one of the truths of life, Nature's unescapable law
+of blood. He saw them coming, the slow generations, men of no race
+and country. "My God!" he said, and gripped the arms of his chair
+till the cane splintered.
+
+A door opened at the other end of the big room. "Our companions are
+coming," said Don Raymundo quietly, and rose with punctilious
+courtesy.
+
+After the greetings Doña Ceferina went directly to the gleaming tray
+which bore the chocolate and biscuits which buoy one from the dead
+languor of the siesta to the full tide of evening life. Hazlitt sank
+back in his chair again. Suddenly a soft voice asked over his
+shoulder: "You haven't forgotten to save this day week for our
+_baile_, have you? You must come, you know, because then," Dolores
+hesitated at her boldness but rattled on, "because then I sha'n't
+have to dance so often with these stupid native boys."
+
+Hazlitt gripped the arms of his chair again. The moment for decision
+had come. All those unborn generations were waiting for his answer.
+Dolores was waiting too, poor, helpless, innocent Dolores. He looked
+to Don Raymundo for relief, but Don Raymundo, at a window, had turned
+his back and was puffing at his eternal cigarette. The pause grew
+long. Then slowly Hazlitt straightened in his chair, and as he
+looked up at the wondering face behind him, the law and the prophets
+were swept away in a gush of pitying affection. Pitying, and then?
+She seemed so rarely, wonderfully beautiful to him, rare and precious
+as some golden flower from supernal gardens. He could not let her
+go, could not give up her surpassing loveliness. "Yes," he said very
+firmly, "yes, I will come."
+
+"_Lalalá!_" Doña Ceferina laughed from her place behind the cups.
+"He speaks as seriously as if he made a vow to Our Lady. It's only a
+ball, you know, Hazleet. Give the men their chocolate, Dolorcita."
+She raised her cup and sipped happily. "After all," she said, in a
+tone of deep content, "there are few things in life more delightful
+than one's chocolate and cigarette."
+
+Don Raymundo was gazing from his window off into the distance, where
+the gathering shadows were blending forest and cane-field.
+
+"Chocolate is very good," he said thoughtfully.
+
+
+Three women tramped in the glare of endless Segovia beach. One was
+young and graceful; another was a comely, ox-like thing of middle
+age; the third was at the end of life. They halted for a moment to
+rest, and the grandmother squatted on her haunches and gazed,
+unseeing, out over the water.
+
+"There will be a wedding at the _hacienda_ next month," said the girl.
+
+"Yes," said her mother, "the young American will marry Señorita
+Dolores. They say he is very rich, richer than Don Raymundo."
+
+"He is very big and handsome," said the girl wistfully. "And Doña
+Dolores--she is very beautiful and kind."
+
+A flash of jealousy crossed the mother's broad, good-natured face.
+"Yes," she said, "she is beautiful. But after all she is only a
+_mestiza_, almost a Filipina like the rest of us. And she will grow
+old."
+
+Then, having halted a moment, they tramped on along their path like
+phantoms risen on the lifeless beach, for the youngest was but a
+memory of what the eldest had been a little time before, and the
+eldest was only a prophecy of what the youngest soon would be.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+AN OPTIMIST
+
+I cannot hope to describe to you my dismay at finding myself back in
+that ancient temple of Tzin Piaôu, nor the dislike with which I
+looked into the eyes of that old heathen priest, those slant eyes
+where cynical amusement, like a little, undying flame, danced and
+flickered.
+
+"And so," said the bland old gentleman, raising himself languidly on
+his hollowed slab of stone, "and so you find the company of the
+ladies more agreeable than mine? I do not wonder. How did you leave
+them all in the temple of Lal?" It would be impossible to indicate
+the sly mockery which rustled in his tone.
+
+"So that was your doing, too?" I asked.
+
+He moved a deprecatory hand, smiling blandly through me into space.
+"I may have been used as an unworthy instrument," he murmured, "but
+for most of your experience, I fancy, you're indebted to the Little
+Gods themselves. Did you find amusement, or instruction, was
+it?--forgive me, I forget--in the Games they showed you?"
+
+"I'm very tired of your Little Gods, if they exist," I said bluntly,
+for he made me angry. "As I told you once, and as I would tell them
+to their faces, I think them cowards. I ask you again, do they never
+give their victims a fair chance? Is there never a single plaything
+of theirs which, fighting bravely and in good faith, is permitted to
+win? Are the dice always cogged?"
+
+"You like to see them win?" my old heathen priest asked in bland
+surprise. "What a very commonplace taste; for people are always
+winning what they strive for, thousands of them every day. It's only
+the exceptions, the surprises, which are interesting. I thought you
+asked to see Life through my eyes. But since your taste runs that
+way--" he yawned ever so slightly behind his hand--"You'll excuse me,
+won't you?" he apologized, "but this is an hour which I invariably
+devote to a nap." He made a little careless, dismissing gesture.
+"Wander where you choose," said he, "and watch men fight, since
+that's your taste, and win--what they may win."
+
+It was my dismissal, and there I saw him last, as I had seen him
+first, lying motionless on his hollowed slab, smiling blandly,
+cynically, into Emptiness, with light yet bitter mockery in his smile.
+
+Then, or so it seemed to me, I wandered far and long, and saw many
+men striving mightily for many things, and most of them were winners,
+and most of them, winning, found themselves no nearer their hearts'
+desires. But among them I marked three, and have remembered them,
+whose striving seemed to me not wholly without interest. The first
+of them was a very common-seeming man indeed, and the only thing
+about him which made him worthy of remark was, that he was an
+optimist.
+
+
+Samar is a sorry strip of island which rises in gray-green,
+commonplace, and yet sinister ugliness from a green and treacherous
+sea. Its coasts are a desolation of over-thrifty vegetation. Its
+interior, so far as it has been explored, is a wilderness of forest
+and precipitous mountains. And the people who inhabit it are worthy
+of the place, outcasts and refugees from other islands, outlawed men
+for whom no other spot of earth holds a future.
+
+Toward the end of 1901, soldiers and marines and sailors, the 41st
+Infantry, U.S.A., among them, were rushed to Samar to punish the
+murderers of Balangiga and cleanse the plague-spot of the Philippines
+of its spawn. The work proved to be difficult and slow. The blazing
+summer had darkened into such winter as the Eastern tropics know, a
+season of lowering skies and deluges of rain, and dank cold and
+boisterous winds, and still the quarry flitted elusively from
+stronghold to stronghold of the untracked mountains, emerging at rare
+intervals to strike with murderous suddenness at unexpected places
+and then disappear, as hard to bring to bay as any other beast of
+prey which makes cunning atone for its lack of strength and courage.
+
+At Sabey, a hopeless town half-way up the east coast of the island,
+Company B of the 41st was stationed, as hard-fisted, hard-mouthed,
+hard-living, hard-fighting a set of terriers as ever was enlisted.
+Its Captain, one Burrell, delighted in catching his pets wild and
+taming them to his peculiar taste. B's ranks, for the most part,
+were filled by transfer from other organizations whose officers were
+glad to turn over their black sheep. Burrell, by some method of his
+own, speedily made soldiers, his sort of soldiers, of them, and they
+swore by him.
+
+It was unusual for B to sit in garrison when the 41st was afield, for
+the company had a reputation consonant with its character, and was
+welcome at the front whenever there was action. But all that autumn
+it was held in quarters, while the rain drummed on the iron roof and
+reports came in of little battles north and south and west.
+
+"Ev'rybody had a man's size grouch on, fr'm th' Old Man down," they
+reported afterward. "Ev'rybody but just John Henry Sullivan, him we
+called Peaceful Henry. You couldn't hammer a grouch onto Peaceful
+with an axe."
+
+Sullivan was the humorist of the company, a long, lank, freckled
+figure-of-fun who was tolerated, ordinarily, though unmercifully
+mocked, for a certain likable simplicity of mind and a childish
+friendliness for everything. But that fall his antics palled on B.
+"They was times when we'd a been glad to kill him," as they said, "if
+it hadn't been for havin' to look forrard to a long enlistment with
+him down below."
+
+But at the very end of the year a hope of cornering the enemy
+appeared, and the spirits of B Company rose accordingly. Midway of
+its length, Samar narrows till a scant thirty-five miles separates
+the long rollers of the Pacific shore from the quieter waters of the
+Visayan Sea. So, at least, the triangulation of the Coast Survey
+bore witness, then. Until that winter there was no record of men who
+had crossed the savage island. But a local tradition asserted that
+an old and long-abandoned trail led from Sabey on the east coast,
+that very Sabey where B was stationed, to Nalang on the west.
+
+If that ancient trail could be opened once more, Samar would be cut
+in two, the activity of the skulking outlaws would be impeded, and a
+scheme of effective reconcentration would be possible at last. The
+men of B Company felt that their old luck was with them when the duty
+of making the first reconnaissance of the old trail fell to them.
+
+They were ready to move at once, and soon after reveille, on the
+morning of December 25th, Captain Burrell, Lieutenant Roberts, and
+twenty men, all dressed in the blue and khaki of field service, and
+bearing haversacks bulging with four days' rations, assembled on the
+beach at Sabey to make an attempt at crossing Samar.
+
+It was an inauspiciously gray and threatening morning. Behind the
+explorers, breakers crashed thunderously on the sand, and a roaring
+northeast monsoon whipped spume about in frothy sheets. Before them,
+the wilderness lay grim and forbidding, in the cold light. But they
+accepted the rawness and the gloom with the indifference of long
+acquaintance. Four marches straight westward, of ten miles each at
+most, child's play to men like them, should bring them to Nalang.
+There was no breath of adventure in the air.
+
+Yet of the party which faced the hills that morning, seven lie within
+the shadow still, and only one came out again unaided, seventeen days
+later, to report that somewhere behind him fourteen men of B,
+including the Old Man who made it B, lay starving and delirious with
+fever.
+
+On the morning of the start, they had of course no premonition of all
+this. Burrell and Roberts waved careless farewells to the one lady
+of Sabey, the post surgeon's young wife, the men grumbled aimlessly
+at the prospect of a wet march and a wet camp, and Sullivan, settling
+his haversack strap more comfortably, grinned at the disappointed
+ones in front of quarters who could not go. "Reckon we'll locate
+that overland route for the Sumner this time, sure," he remarked,
+with a fatuous attempt at humor.
+
+"Fall in," the Captain ordered, and the little column set its front
+westward and swung off along the drenched banks of Sabey River.
+
+
+Four days later, as an early nightfall was closing down, eighteen of
+the party struggled to the summit of a half-wooded ridge in the
+interior of the island, and the worn-out men straightened up with
+momentary eagerness to peer into the cloud-hung west. Only the
+blankness of further up-tumbled ridges and black waves of forest
+veiled in sheets of rain lay before them, and to north, south, and
+east as well. Nowhere on the circle of the horizon was a leaden
+gleam of the guiding sea.
+
+The men seemed dazed. They had made their four marches, of far more
+than ten miles each, it seemed, at such cost of strength and courage
+as no one who has not travelled in that land can comprehend. They
+had made the last march on all but a remnant of their food, and the
+baffling trail they followed had led them nowhere. An hour before it
+had vanished in a thicket. Since then they had cut a trail with
+their bayonets, pushing for this ridge in the hope that from its
+summit they might see the coast at last. Instead, they found that
+they were lost in the Samar hills. Faint from hunger and exertion,
+chilled to the bone from tramping in clammy clothing and sleeping in
+drenched blankets, with shoes that burst from their swollen feet like
+pulp and hung in shreds, already halting of speech and step with the
+burning weakness of fever, half a dozen of them, they stood there in
+the beating downpour, stunned, and daunted.
+
+All this had come to them in four days,--that was the paralyzing
+fact. It appalled them that all their pride of strength should have
+vanished in that little space, when other days were coming, how many
+no one knew, of uglier promise. Foiled, while they still had food
+and strength, by the task they had set themselves, each day of
+increased weakness and privation now would call them to increased
+exertion till the sea was reached--the sea which might, and might
+not, lie beyond the furthest of those mountains to the west, if it
+was west. Dumbly they stared at them, avoiding each other's eyes.
+
+Captain Burrell, still weakened by the wound he got in front of
+Tientsin, was one of the hardest-hit of the fever-victims, and his
+teeth chattered when he talked, but he retained a humor dryer than
+the weather. "I reckon we'll camp right here," he said. "H'm. We
+can't quite fetch the coast to-night, and this ridge is well-drained,
+anyway. H'm."
+
+The least weary of the men smiled forlornly in response to the spirit
+that lived in their Old Man, and Sullivan laughed outright. "I've
+been lookin' for a well-dreened place like this to start my
+cactus-farm in, sir," he remarked. Already the formalities of rank
+had vanished, and discipline meant obedience for the common good, not
+ceremony.
+
+"Might do it, by irrigating," said the Captain. "H'm." He cast a
+sharp glance at his one unapprehensive subordinate. "The rest of you
+camp right here," he ordered. "Sullivan and I are going back along
+to stir up those loafers who fell out."
+
+"See here, sir," Lieutenant Roberts cried, in half-hearted protest,
+for every inch of his six feet of young body was aching dully, "that
+leg of yours--"
+
+"Is a corker," said the Captain shortly. "H'm. Come along,
+Sullivan."
+
+An hour later the two, staggering with sleep, herded the last of the
+sodden, half-delirious stragglers up to the fire which spluttered in
+the wet and gloom, and the sick men sprawled obediently among their
+unconscious fellows. For an instant the officer stared down at them.
+"Hopeful lot, ain't they?" he muttered. "H'm."
+
+"It sure looks some like a graveyard, Captain," said Sullivan
+cheerfully. The Captain glanced at him again.
+
+"Don't you ever get--blue, Sullivan?" he asked curiously.
+
+Sullivan seemed doubtful. "I--I do' know's I ever thought much about
+it, sir," he said.
+
+"I reckoned not," said the Captain. "H'm. Well, don't. Go to
+sleep."
+
+"I was thinkin' I'd keep th' fire goin' a while, it looked so kind of
+homelike," Sullivan objected. "I ain't much sleepy. You turn in,
+sir."
+
+"I'm not sleepy, either," said the other gruffly. "H'm. Roll in
+now. _Pronto_." Obediently Sullivan sank down where he stood, and
+was asleep.
+
+Burrell sat long, brooding over the fire, listening to the deep
+breaths and smothered groanings of his men. One of them babbled in
+delirium, piteously, for a moment, and the Captain went and soothed
+him, awkwardly. Then he stood above him, gazing off into the gulf of
+blackness to the west. He glanced down at the muttering soldier, and
+away again into the night. "God damn you," he said to the Island of
+Samar gravely, courteously, as one might deliver a challenge to
+mortal combat.
+
+
+Next morning they breakfasted on what was left of their food,
+consuming all but a precious emergency ration of two tins of bacon, a
+pound and a half in all. Then they pushed on in what was meant to be
+a last desperate dash for the coast, going down into a long wide
+valley smothered in primeval forest. Every trail had vanished, each
+step of advance had to be slashed from a jungle of underbrush and
+creepers, and for all their suffering they gained a scant five miles.
+They halted at nightfall in a little opening, where they shed their
+equipments as they stood, and sprawled among them. Sullivan and the
+Captain, going back for the many stragglers, failed to discover two
+of them.
+
+They camped that night without food or fire, in a rain that came down
+harder than ever, if such a thing could be. Next day, without
+breakfast, they resumed their dogged advance, halting often to rest
+and search for food. But in that dead season the forest yielded
+nothing more edible than leaves and bark, and a few woody seed pods
+like rose-haws in size and shape.
+
+"Hell-apples," Sullivan named those, after he had had opportunity to
+observe their effects. "They look all right, and they taste all
+right," he explained, "but they sure do raise hell with your insides."
+
+The men munched them greedily, despite their uncomforting properties.
+A time was coming when a rotting log that harbored store of grubs
+would seem a treasure-house to them.
+
+The bayonets did not hack out a trail as rapidly as they had on the
+day before, and they had made no more than three miles and a half
+when night shut down. Yet, slow as the advance was, only half a
+dozen men were up with it, and, when Burrell would have gone back for
+the others, his wounded leg crumpled under him. Without a word,
+Lieutenant Roberts joined Sullivan, and it was midnight when the pair
+brought in the last straggler they could find. Three were still
+missing, and the Captain forbade further search. "They'll have to
+take a chance," he said. "H'm."
+
+When the next day broke, merely a lightening of the gloom under the
+dripping branches, Lieutenant Roberts rose stiffly from the pool that
+had formed about him in the night and stood, blue-lipped and shaking,
+over the Captain, whose tortured leg would not permit him to do more
+than raise himself on one elbow. The two officers faced the
+situation together. They needed no words. All about them lay the
+forest of that deadly central valley. Somewhere beyond it,
+unattainably far for the majority of the men, rose the western
+rampart of the island. For thirty-six hours they had had no food but
+hell-apples, the fever was growing on them, and three-fourths of the
+command, any doctor would have said, could not march a mile.
+
+The Captain spoke at last, staring sullenly at the ground. "Call the
+men, will you?" he asked. "H'm. I reckon it's time to split."
+
+Roberts' face brightened. "I'll make it out all right," he declared.
+"Never felt huskier in my life. I could break world's records from
+here to a plate of grub."
+
+Only ten men of the seventeen who were left responded to the call.
+The others, roused from the stupor of deep sleep, merely stared up
+vacantly and muttered, so Roberts let them lie. "Boys," said
+Burrell, when they had formed a little circle round him, "'most of us
+need a lay-off. H'm. So we're goin' to rest up here for a couple of
+days and then push on slow. Mr. Roberts and a couple of you can plug
+ahead now, though, so's to have some grub cooked up to meet us. I
+reckon we'll raise a famine in Nalang. H'm. Roberts, who'll you
+take with you?"
+
+Despite the lightness of the officer's tone, every man knew what he
+asked for, and as the subaltern's eyes swept round the circle,
+shrewdly weighing each man's serviceability, shoulders squared and
+faces took on looks of quite ferocious good cheer.
+
+"I seen you first, sir," Terry Clancy cried all at once, and stumbled
+to his feet.
+
+"I've got a fine healthy appetite, myself," Sullivan remarked
+plaintively. "I'm with you for a sprint, Lieutenant."
+
+"You're too old, Clancy," said Roberts kindly. "I want yearlings for
+this. And you, Sullivan,"--his voice held good-natured
+condescension, as he glanced down at his own bulging chest and sturdy
+limbs,--"you're too spindly. You're liable to double up, any time."
+
+At last he chose Red Hannigan and Peter Kelley, two men of his own
+kind, bull-necked, thick-limbed and heavy-shouldered. The Captain
+handed him one of the two tins of bacon. "We'll look for you back,"
+he said, "long about--H'm--day after to-morrow. Or day after that.
+H'm."
+
+The eyes of the officers glinted into each other. "Sure," said
+Roberts, gravely shaking his commander's hand. "Come along, you
+fellows."
+
+Twelve days later a party from Nalang found Lieutenant Roberts, the
+first white man to win across Samar, sitting contentedly on the beach
+in the sunshine, forty miles above the town, eating snails and
+aimlessly tossing the shells at what had been his feet. Red Hannigan
+and Peter Kelley were never found, for Roberts never could remember
+where they left him.
+
+
+After the departure of the rescue party, apathy settled over the camp
+in the valley. The Captain straightened his bad leg and lay back
+with closed eyes. The others lay about him, dozing. Even the worst
+of the fever-victims only cried out occasionally. Beside the relief
+of not having to march, cold and wet and hunger and sickness were
+little things.
+
+It was well on in the afternoon when Clancy was roused by a sound
+which puzzled him. Stumbling out of camp, he came upon a sight which
+struck him speechless.
+
+Sullivan, sitting astride a mouldering log, was wrenching off strips
+of sodden bark and digging his fingers deep into the punky wood.
+Suddenly the meaning of it burst on Terry. "Quit that!" he cried.
+"Quit it, I tell you."
+
+Sullivan, glancing up, had the grace to redden. Then he lowered his
+eyes, and resumed his pecking. "I don't care," he muttered
+defiantly. "I'm hungry enough to eat anything."
+
+Clancy turned away. Presently, from behind a clump of undergrowth,
+there came the sound of ripping bark. For a while Sullivan, still
+busy, preserved discreet silence. But his grin broadened slowly, and
+at last he sang out, "Hi, Terry! Pick for the little white ones.
+The others has kind of soured, I reckon."
+
+There was no answer. After a time another man limped out, watched
+Sullivan for a little, and soon the sounds of the chase rose from
+another secluded spot. There was no element of sociability in those
+meals as yet.
+
+Then came a slow succession of days not so tremendously hard to bear,
+as the pangs of hunger faded into the milder discomfort of
+starvation, and the fever felled them one by one. Days so like each
+other that only the calendar notched in the grip of the Captain's
+revolver kept their count.
+
+Each morning fewer of them were able to join Sullivan in the search
+for grubs and seed pods, and he began bringing them what spoil of the
+forest he could find. They took it unquestioningly from his hand,
+those who were conscious, like children. Indeed, as the days passed,
+the rough fellows turned for all their needs to the man who had been
+their butt, and he never failed to meet their primitive wants. That
+lanky body of his held a surprising store of tough endurance, and he
+seemed fever-proof. As for his cheerfulness, it was inexhaustible.
+
+Big Terry Clancy and the Captain were the last to yield to their
+weakness, refusing, gently, the food Sullivan brought them. Hard men
+as those of B were, not one of them, in his sane moments, spoke a
+word of discontent or of complaint during those days. I like to
+remember that of them, as I like to remember that I never heard an
+American regular soldier, traditional grumbler that he is, grumble
+when he had a reason for it.
+
+On the fourth evening after the departure of Lieutenant Roberts, the
+tenth night out from Sabey and the fifth since they had eaten food
+for human beings, Sullivan was the only man left stirring in the
+camp. In spite of the rain--and I would have you read always to the
+torrential beat of a tropical downpour and the soughing of cold,
+damp-laden winds--he had managed, with the last of the matches and
+the powder from half a dozen cartridges, to kindle a fire in a fallen
+trunk, and had kept it going, and had dragged his comrades round it.
+He sat beside the Captain, and presently, glancing down, he saw that
+the officer's eyes were fixed steadily on him. "Anything you want,
+sir?" he asked.
+
+"How many of us," Burrell asked abruptly, "are what you could call
+fit?"
+
+Sullivan surveyed the prostrate men about him. "Well," he said
+imperturbably, "I reckon there's me. And you."
+
+"H'm," the Captain grunted, and even in his sickness his eyes
+brightened. "Then," he said, "I reckon it's up to--us. H'm."
+
+For a moment he mused, and then he went on, "It's no use trying
+Nalang. Roberts tried that. But if some one could get back to Sabey
+I think some of the men would try--"
+
+"The boys would get you out of hell, sir," said Sullivan gravely, "if
+you sent th'm word."
+
+"Think so?" said Burrell. "H'm. Well, to-morrow you'd better send
+word to 'em." The Captain's eyes had a queer brightness as he stared
+at Sullivan, reading his face. "H'm," he muttered at last, "if I
+ever do have to get a message out of there, I hope you'll be round to
+carry it."
+
+Something in his tone dragged Sullivan toward him with suddenly
+blazing eyes. "Captain," he begged, demanding assurance from the man
+who was his deity, "do you mean that? No jollyin' now, sir. You
+sure think I can do it?"
+
+"Think?" said the Captain. "H'm. I'm bankin' on you, Sullivan. I
+know you can do it."
+
+"Then," said Sullivan blissfully, "by God, I will, sir."
+
+Early as it was next morning when Sullivan rose for his start, he
+found the Captain's steady eyes on him. "You don't need your rifle,"
+he said. "Nor your belt."
+
+"I reckon not, sir," said Sullivan whimsically, "not for buggin'."
+
+"You take that can of bacon out of my haversack," his officer
+continued. "I've saved it for this."
+
+"I don't need it none, sir," said Sullivan, edging away. "There'd
+ought to be fine buggin' back along. An' hell-apples, I reckon."
+
+"Take it," said Burrell shortly, and Sullivan yielded to the habit of
+obedience. He turned for his journey.
+
+"Hold on," his officer commanded. "You're forgettin' something." He
+lifted a clawlike hand, and Sullivan gripped it for a minute in
+silence. He strode across the little opening to the beginning of the
+back trail. There he halted, turned, and hurled the tin of bacon at
+his commander. "You go to hell, sir," he shrilled defiantly. "I'll
+do fine, buggin',"--and he ran stumblingly down the trail.
+
+The Captain twisted his head--it was the only movement he could
+make--and watched the retreating figure of the mutineer. "H'm," he
+muttered after it, and shut his eyes, to wait.
+
+
+For the first few hours Sullivan, uplifted by the thought of his
+mission, went on at what seemed to him a tremendous pace. In reality
+his knees lifted jerkily, his feet came down flat and stiff, and his
+stride was that of a child. A giddiness, too, overtook him now and
+then, and a white mist drifted before his eyes. At such times the
+walls of the trail seemed to rush by in a blur of green, and he had
+an exhilarating sense of rapid movement.
+
+Long before noon he had covered the three miles and a half to the
+first camp on the back trail. There he hesitated. A temptingly
+crumbly log lay beside the trail, and his stomach was cramped with
+such hunger as he had not felt for days. But he halted only a
+moment. "Time enough to eat to-night," he muttered, and went on.
+
+The afternoon was harder. The giddiness and the mist assailed him
+oftener, and several times, when the blankness became complete, he
+was roused by finding that his face had come into not ungentle
+contact with the ground. Once, doubling limply, he struck his face
+on his knee instead, and a cut lip gave him the pleasant salty taste
+of blood. Sharp pains of breathlessness stabbed his sides at
+intervals, and his heart had fits of throbbing suffocatingly. But he
+never halted as long as he could see. When the trail was only
+blackness in the night he sank down.
+
+The rain and the light woke him to an accusing sense that it had long
+been day. He moved on at once. "I'll eat when I've made that up,"
+he muttered, as the blur enclosed him.
+
+That day was mostly blur until, along in the afternoon, his mind
+cleared suddenly. The ground sloped upward under his feet. A rocky,
+sparsely-wooded ridge rose above him. Remembrance tingled through
+him. "My cactus-farm!" he cried, in delighted recognition. "I'm
+gettin' almost there."
+
+With his knees doubling under him, he clawed his way to the ridge,
+and a well-remembered landscape lay about him, dark billows of
+unbroken forest and a horizon of up-tumbled hills. The huge
+emptiness of it smote him like a blow and he turned to the old camp.
+The signs of human occupation, the remembrance of men who had spoken
+there and of the words they had said, comforted him wonderfully.
+"Here," he said, having fallen into a way of thinking aloud, "is
+where I _eat_. They'd ought to be fine buggin' here."
+
+But the ridge was disappointingly bare of provender. Not a rotten
+log, not a seed pod, rewarded his toilsome search. At last, where a
+hanging corner of rock had sheltered it, he came upon a torpid colony
+of tiger-ants. He looked at them dubiously. "I wonder," he
+muttered, "if anybody ever _et_ an ant? I reckon not. Don't seem to
+be much _to_ th'm."
+
+As he stirred the sluggish insects with a doubtful finger, one of
+them set its mandibles in his flesh. Sullivan's eyes lit with
+determination. "I'm hungrier'n you be, I reckon," he said gravely.
+
+With the refreshing acidity of his experiment strong on his tongue,
+he rose at last, regretfully. "It would seem kind of home-like
+sleepin' here," he said. "But I reckon I'd better be gallopin'
+along." And he pushed on till once more darkness brought him
+merciful oblivion.
+
+He woke to daylight with all his senses clear but one. He
+understood--there had been times when he forgot even that--that he
+was Sullivan, that behind him lay his comrades, starving, that before
+him the trail led to men who needed but a word, and that he had been
+chosen to take it. But his sense of time was gone. How long he had
+slept he could not guess. It might have been one night, or many.
+They might all have died behind him, those sick men and the Old Man
+who banked on him.
+
+In torture at the uncertainty, he rose and stumbled forward again.
+After a while--it might have been an hour or many days--the trail
+brought him to a torrential river. He recognized it dimly as the
+Sabey. They had come up it once, sometime, any time, walking in its
+rocky bed. Now its swirling waters covered the trail.
+
+Painstakingly Sullivan collected his misty faculties. There was a
+general feeling of morning in the air. By night he must be at Sabey,
+he was convinced. He must hurry, therefore. A clear idea flashed
+across his mind. A raft! He must build a raft and hurry with the
+rushing river, since there was no more trail. He drew his heavy
+knife-bayonet and turned to the woods. After a while darkness shut
+down and stopped his work. But he had cut a good many poles.
+
+The next thing he knew it was light again, so he dragged one of his
+poles to the river and dropped it in. It sank. Another and another
+did the same. When they touched the water they sank. When Sullivan
+understood that his poles would not float, he lost his steady
+hopefulness for the first time.
+
+But after a while he turned wearily, and stumbled off along the
+rocky, overhanging banks of Sabey River. When he had walked dizzily
+a little distance, he fell and lay still. A fall on that cutting
+volcanic rock was another matter from a fall on the trail. At last
+he recovered enough to stagger on for a few more steps. Then he fell
+again. That time he did not rise.
+
+But the shock and the loss of blood cleared his head. At last he
+recognized his predicament. He was through. There was no bitterness
+in the thought. He had done his best, and failed. The torment of
+hurry was gone, and he lay and watched the foaming river and the
+overarching trees. "I can't do it," Sullivan told himself simply,
+and quit.
+
+But suddenly his merciless self assailed him. "There's another way,"
+it urged. "You can do it. Th' Old Man said so. Try it."
+
+Weakly, half-sobbing, Sullivan obeyed the summons, and got to his
+knees. He put out a hand and planted it on the rock, drew up his
+knee toward it, and his body swayed forward. He put out his other
+hand, drew up his other knee, swayed forward again. He had gained a
+foot, at least.
+
+"By God," shouted Sullivan's self to him exultantly, "you can do it!
+Try it again. You can't walk, but you can _crawl_, I reckon.
+Whoop-eee-ee! Hit her up!"
+
+And Sullivan, obedient as always, hit her up.
+
+
+And so at last, seventeen days from the time he left Sabey, he
+returned to it, a blind, gaunt, rain-beaten, silent, grimly crawling
+thing. He had almost reached the barracks when a soldier, hurrying
+through the rain, spied him and raised a shout. He revived for a
+moment when they lifted him, and opened his eyes.
+
+"Back along," faltered the messenger. "Starvin'. Hurry up. God!"
+he sighed, and collapsed in their arms.
+
+They carried him to the shack they called a hospital, and while the
+relief party gathered and went out, twenty silent men loaded down
+with rations, the post surgeon and his wife worked over him.
+Suddenly the girl broke down.
+
+"Oh!" she cried. "Look at his poor hands and knees! Oh, Will, what
+did _that_ to him?"
+
+"What?" stuttered the young surgeon gruffly. "What! Why, the--the
+nervy son--son of a gun _walked_ on 'em, God knows how far, that's
+all! Fill those water bottles, will you. And _hurry_ up."
+
+Two days later Sullivan opened his eyes, and stared wonderingly at
+the room, and the lamplight, and the _olla_ hanging in the window,
+and the post surgeon's pretty wife, who sat beside his cot. At last
+his eyes rested on his own hands, shapeless in bandages. And as he
+looked at them his lips trembled, and he began to cry, weakly, like a
+child.
+
+The post surgeon's wife thought she understood, and her own breath
+caught. She was very new to the Army, and she was trying to make a
+hero of Sullivan. "Poor fellow," she murmured, "I know they're bad.
+But we'll fix them up. Don't cry about them."
+
+"I ain't c-cryin'!" Sullivan whispered, in tremulous indignation.
+"I'm l-laughin'. I reckon," he muttered, and a ripple of the old
+whimsicality swept across his face, "I must be about th' first man
+ever wore his hands to a blister, walkin'." The wonder of the
+thought held him entranced.
+
+The girl thought he was light-headed. "Is there anything you'd
+like?" she asked soothingly.
+
+Sullivan considered. "Salt," he announced emphatically. "I want
+salt. Ev'ry drop you've got in th' place. What're you lookin' at?
+Salt's cheap enough, ain't it? Well, I want some. Seems like I
+hadn't had no salt f'r years."
+
+
+How the relief party did its work is another story, and a brave one.
+It is hard to kill strong men by exhaustion, and, by the time
+Sullivan could walk a little, the Captain and the other rescued men
+were sitting up in bed. At last a day came when Burrell was
+permitted to have one visitor. "Send Sullivan," he ordered.
+
+The lanky fellow shuffled in bashfully, and stood with averted eyes.
+"Glad to see you're back, sir," he muttered.
+
+"Well," asked Burrell gruffly, "you can shake hands, can't you?"
+
+Sullivan, grinning sheepishly, held up a muffled paw. "I reckon not,
+sir," he said.
+
+"What's the matter with 'em?" the Captain demanded.
+
+"Blistered th'm, sir," Sullivan responded with solemn joy.
+"Blistered th'm, walkin'."
+
+"H'm," the Captain muttered. His eyes were burning into the man.
+"Sullivan," he said abruptly, "there's a can of bacon in my haversack
+that belongs to you."
+
+Sullivan gulped. Discipline had him by the heels again. "Beg y'
+pardon, sir," he mumbled nervously. "I reckon I must a been sort of
+loco that day."
+
+"Well," said the Old Man of B Company gravely, "maybe I'll let it go
+this time. But see it don't happen again. H'm."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THIS FORTUNE
+
+This Fortune you speak of, tell me, what sort of creature is she, to
+have the good things of the world so in her hands?--_The Inferno of
+Dante Alighieri_.
+
+
+The second of my Argonauts was of quite another sort. Whatever
+graces of body and mind Nature has to give, she had given him--and he
+had wasted them. With his invincible and dauntless youth he might
+have been a companion for Cortez and stout Bernal Diaz, a Crusader,
+almost anything he chose, and he was--I borrow the phrase of a better
+man than I--a Camp-Follower of Fortune, a wasted man. The outskirts
+of the world are full of them. That such things can be, that men can
+be born so strong, so lovable, and then be wasted, seems to me the
+most inexplicable of the caprices of that Fortune which puzzled Dante
+Alighieri long ago.
+
+
+Mid-heaven high, the morning sun blazed above the forlorn little
+lumber-port, calling the inhabitants thereof to arise and make hay
+diligently during the few weeks it still had to shine before the
+change of monsoons and the rainy season blotted the world in mist.
+The call seemed to arouse little enthusiasm. Over the channel, where
+the Rio Bagalayag winds out by the bar, a pair of gulls wheeled
+aimlessly, plunging into the yellow water now and then, and rising
+with harsh cries. Out beyond them in the distance, where Point
+Bagalayag wavered in the heat, a lorcha drifted with limp sails,
+becalmed in the lee of Mount Bagalayag. In the one street of
+Bagalayag itself, the grassy lane which follows the curve of the
+shore, two Chinamen with a long whip-saw were gnawing a plank from a
+four-foot log of molave, sawing steadily with the patient endurance
+of their race, brown arms swinging in and out, brown bodies swaying.
+At the end of each stroke, they grunted rhythmically, and the music
+of their industry--_Ugh! Kch-chee-e-e-Arghh!
+Kch-chee-e-e-Ugh!_--was the only sound in Bagalayag that morning,
+save the raucous complaint of the distant gulls.
+
+As a matter of fact, Bagalayag was waiting in hushed expectancy for
+something inevitable to happen. On the shady side of the nipa
+church, which still manages to rear its rickety walls at the corner
+of the brown and weedy _plaza_, the populace was gathered--forty-one
+men, fifty-two women, fifty-two babes in arms, and seventy-three
+children of varying sex and age, speechless for once, with the smoke
+of their cigarettes dissolving above them like unfragrant incense.
+And the gaze of all that multitude was fixed unwinkingly on a
+tin-roofed house--the only one in town--which stands on the other
+side of the street, close to the water's edge.
+
+In that pretentious dwelling an unprecedented event seemed likely to
+happen, for in its upper chamber one of the lords of the earth lay
+deathly sick of a fever. Bagalayag as yet recorded no death of a
+white man in its simple annals, therefore it sat and smoked and
+waited, all except its stolid, alien Chinamen, who cared nothing for
+life or death or anything but planks.
+
+Occasionally a voice floated out from the Tin-Roofed House, weak and
+thin but full of helpless rage, and at the sound the inhabitants of
+Bagalayag wagged their heads and spoke softly. "The Señor Ess-soffti
+is not dead--yet," they murmured.
+
+In Hamburg, far enough from Bagalayag in miles, there is a house
+which sells anything, from elephants to orchids. Every product of
+the animal or vegetable kingdom from one pole to the other, 'round
+with the equator and back again, is included in the complete line
+which the _Hamburgische Gesellschaft_ carries, for this body is a
+true body whose busy nerve-ends net the round world. Men on grimy
+ships whose battered fore feet are set across uncharted leagues of
+sea, men who rot in unheard-of towns--yet continue to live and trade
+in defiance of every hygienic law--men who plod untracked continents
+and unknown, sleeping islands with savage followers, are the organs
+by which it acts.
+
+Set above all these is the good Right Eye of the Company, the man
+who, by virtue of wild-wood lore and craftsmanship, and first-hand
+knowledge of the far nooks and byways of the earth, by right of
+energy and perseverance, outranks the army of traders and collectors
+and stands next the Brain. Herr Felix Schrofft is his name, always
+spoken with respect and envy by his associates and rivals in his
+strong man's calling. And now, become the Señor Ess-soffti on liquid
+Malay tongues, he lay alone at bay in the Tin-Roofed House, and held
+the breathless attention of the populace of Bagalayag in Mindoro.
+
+The arena where he fought, that small, bare, upper chamber, was very
+simply furnished with a round table, a couple of chairs, a
+camphor-wood chest, a bamboo cage imprisoning a parrot, and a folding
+cot upholstered in the severest taste with dingy gray canvas. The
+table held the fly- and lizard-bitten remnants of a meal, the chairs
+were draped with the muddy garments their owner had flung there
+hastily three days before, a litter of other clothing sprawled from
+beneath the lid of the chest, and on the cot, which stood before a
+seaward-facing window, was stretched the redoubtable Señor Ess-soffti
+himself, not at all in the mental attitude which our Christian
+convention prescribes for those _in articulo mortis_. Despite the
+pallor of the cheeks beneath the smut of the newly sprouted beard and
+the yellow gleam of the eyeballs and the leaden inertness of the
+shrunken limbs which barely hollowed the taut canvas where they lay,
+the shaggy, wizened monkey of a man was plainly beset by the very
+worst of tempers, which only his extreme weakness kept from violent
+expression.
+
+So he lay chafing there that morning, just as he had lain for days.
+Occasionally his restless eyes met the beady ones of the parrot, and
+the imprisoned bird shrieked with silly laughter. On such occasions
+the Señor Ess-soffti shook his fist, a menace which showed mostly in
+the convulsions of his face, and muttered weakly, "Sing, you deffel,
+sing!" falling thereafter into a murmured torrent of words, as he
+consigned the Philippine Islands and all things in them to
+everlasting torment.
+
+Even a hidebound moralist, knowing all the circumstances, might have
+found some palliation for Herr Schrofft's unspiritual estate. Fever
+had stricken him at an inopportune season, and, for the first time in
+his life, he faced a possibility of failure with which he could not
+cope. Even now the freighter _Sarstoon_ had turned her stubby nose
+Mindoro-ward at Schrofft's suggestion. In ten days she would be
+lying off Bagalayag, waiting for the cargo he had promised her, and
+even when one has no fever, ten days are little time in which to fell
+and trim a hundred cubic meters of a wood so dense that it eats an
+axe like granulated metal, and float it down the miles of oozing mud
+they call the Rio Bagalayag, and load it before the northeast
+monsoon--already threatening in the clouds--comes to lash the open
+roadstead into a fury of spume and breaking rollers.
+
+He could foresee it all, the excessive sympathy of the _Sarstoon's_
+skipper, the meek explanation of the House to the impatient customer,
+the commiseration and sly elation of his acquaintances and rivals
+that he had failed at last, the universal grunt of "Hard luck,
+Schrofft"--hard luck in a trade whose frankly brutal creed discredits
+a man for one adverse stroke of fortune as for any other sign of
+personal weakness and unfitness. All that must come, unless he could
+find some means of thwarting Dame Fate. And so, not finding the
+means, he cursed the officious beldame heartily.
+
+Suddenly he noticed that the drone of the saw had ceased. Doubtless
+the coolies had stopped to wipe their streaming faces, but Schrofft
+was in no mood to seek excuses for them. "Loaf, you deffels, loaf!"
+he shouted venomously.
+
+As if in response to his taunt, the music of the saw began again, but
+mingled with it came the chatter of many voices and the soft flop,
+flop of many padding feet. Raising his head a wearisome half-inch to
+peer from his window, Herr Schrofft saw, with supreme disgust, the
+sprung masts and frowsy rigging of the monthly packet from Batangas
+in the river. Somehow or other the hours had dragged by uncounted;
+it was afternoon, and the crazy lorcha had drifted to her haven in
+spite of calm and childish seamanship; while he, Herr Schrofft the
+indomitable, had one day less in which to do his work. For the first
+time in his illness, the hard-pressed little man groaned for
+sympathy, and pitying, sentimental, Teutonic tears burned his eyes.
+"If I only had just one white man with me," he muttered.
+
+The confusion without came nearer, drawing down the street, and
+presently the stairs of the Tin-Roofed House clattered under booted
+feet and its fabric trembled slightly. The invalid's face brightened
+with curiosity. No native of the Philippines has the combined weight
+and energy necessary to make a house shake when he walks. _Deus ex
+Machina!_ That was a favorite phrase of Schrofft's, almost the only
+Latin of Gymnasium days that had stuck. Perhaps the Man had come
+with the Hour. Schrofft watched the door with feverish intentness.
+
+It opened and a white man entered, white at least in fundamental
+coloring, although his skin was a raw, beefy red from newly acquired
+sunburn, tall, broad-shouldered, clad serviceably in sombrero, the
+relic of an army shirt, the ruins of khaki riding-breeches and, most
+incongruously, a pair of handsome riding-boots, whose russet leather
+was cleaned and polished till it glittered. So far all was well, but
+the face--the hollowed cheeks, the dark puffy rims beneath the eyes,
+the wavering glance of the bright blue eyes themselves, the nervous
+twitching of the full red lips, set in a smile of deprecating
+impudence, the keen, high-bred features blunted and battered by
+dissipation, all spoke of one thing. Schrofft sized up his visitor
+with narrowed lids, and spoke his opinion briefly. "I haf no use for
+bums," he said.
+
+Like a mask, the wheedling smirk dropped from the newcomer's face.
+"Hock the Kaiser, a wandering Dutchman!" he cried airily, advancing
+to the cot.
+
+Schrofft's little eyes burned red. "I am Herr Felix Schrofft,
+Explorer for the _Hamburgische Gesellschaft_," he said with dignity,
+"and I haf no use for bums. Get out."
+
+"'Tis a certain matter of delayed remittances," the stranger
+explained, as he unceremoniously dumped the encumbering garments from
+a chair, and sat down by the table. "I must identify myself, Herr
+Softy. I am Richard Roe, Esquire, ward of the famous John Doe, of
+whom you may have heard. While the remittances delay, I wander,
+seeking whom and what I may devour." Mr. Richard Roe gazed ruefully
+at the dusty viands before him. "As usual, I seem to have come to
+the wrong shop," he murmured. "But here at least are cigarettes. I
+will not stand on ceremony."
+
+While the match flared, Schrofft stared at his tormentor with at
+least as much of bewilderment as of wrath. "If I could hold my
+revolver," he said at last, "I think I would shoot you. I haf no use
+for bums."
+
+Through a cloud of smoke, Mr. Richard Roe gazed whimsically at the
+invalid. "The question seems to be," he suggested mildly, "whether
+the bum has a use for you. And I rather think he has." He crossed
+one leg over the other and became pleasantly didactic. "I am not
+always what you see me now, Herr Softy. One short week ago I sat in
+Don Miguel Rafferty's establishment in Batangas, wooing fickle
+Fortune at the wheel. The jade stripped me, I was sold out, up
+against it; so I became a thorough bum, in manners, morals, and in
+dress. The boots," he digressed, glancing complacently at his
+well-shod feet, "are somewhat out of character, I admit. Otherwise I
+am a bum pure and simple, as you have three times observed, but a bum
+of a quality of which you never dreamed, a masterless man reduced to
+his primal elements, three appetites and a sense of humor. Herr
+Softy, beware of me. I am a dangerous character, I warn you frankly
+at the start."
+
+Mr. Richard Roe approached the cot once more. "Speaking of
+revolvers," he remarked, "reminds me that I left my own in Batangas,
+in care of Uncle Monte de Piedad." He drew Schrofft's weapon from
+beneath the pillow, and inspected it rapidly. "A poor thing, but a
+Colt's," he muttered. "Calibre 41, of course. How European!"
+
+Herr Schrofft, his eyes still closed, groaned weakly. It was hard
+that his respectable and well-ordered brain should conjure up a
+nightmare of vagabondage like this, and supply fitting words for the
+figure.
+
+"I came southward to Mindoro," the drawling voice went on, "and at
+the first stroke I am half a man again. I have a gun. Here is a
+Tin-Roofed House in which to sleep; here is tobacco to smoke; through
+the chinks in the floor I perceive sleeping chickens which promise
+food. Best of all, I find here a companion for my solitude. Herr
+Softy, you may need an heir before long. Behold him here in me."
+
+"_Herr Gott!_" Schrofft groaned again, "I am going crazier every
+minute." Suddenly he opened his eyes, for the door swung on its
+hinges and a head surmounted by a shock of coarse black hair was
+thrust within. At the sight of it, all his aggressiveness returned.
+"Son of fifty fathers!" he screamed. "Because you think I am dying
+you run away, and now you have the shamelessness to come back! Go
+and be a _muchacho_ for the deffel! I shall not die; in two days I
+shall be strong enough to kill you."
+
+"It was only his canny Filipino way," Mr. Richard Roe broke in,
+coming to the rescue of the unfaithful servant. "He wanted an alibi
+for the inquest. Slave," he announced sternly, "I have saved your
+life. Fetch more cigarettes and a bottle of whatever burning water
+the market offers. Then kill three chickens and cook them with
+plenty rice--and no grease. The Señor Softy and I will have a mucho
+grande chow-chow to celebrate my home-coming. I am his heir.
+_Sigue! Pronto! Madili!_"
+
+Schrofft glared hopelessly at Mr. Richard Roe. "Then you are real!"
+he cried. "That boy, he sees you also, he hears you, he obeys!
+_Mein Gott!_ You are a bum. You haf no home, you haf no money, you
+haf no grub, you haf no chob. And I would gif a hundert dollars for
+just one man!"
+
+"Alas," said Mr. Richard Roe hollowly, "I am not a man, and the
+hundred is unclaimed. I am the stuff that dreams are made of, bad
+dreams. But I have my better impulses, and I feel them stirring at
+the prospect of food. I will be a ministering angel to you, an airy,
+fairy, army nurse, pressing my cool hand softly on your fevered
+brow." He suited the action to the word, save that the hand was hot
+and gritty. "Herr Softy, your pulse is rapid, your temperature is
+rising, you tremble on the verge of a paroxysm of fever. Where is
+the quinine?"
+
+The recurrent hot stage of his disease had indeed seized the patient,
+and as it grew upon him he lost more and more his grip of reality
+under the mad contradictions of Mr. Richard Roe's speech and conduct,
+and the potent spell of the drug which he administered with a lavish
+hand. Dimly, as in a dream, the room stretched wider and higher
+about him, and as the pulse boomed and roared in his ears, he saw in
+the distance a phantasm which he knew was called Mr. Richard Roe,
+sitting at a table and going through the motions of a real man. It
+drank thirstily from a bottle which a frightened _muchacho_ brought;
+it smoked endless cigarettes; it dismembered a steaming chicken with
+its fingers, and ate it daintily, ate another, stretched back in its
+chair and grunted with content. Phantom or reality, Mr. Richard Roe
+began to be a comfort, he made himself so much at home. Schrofft
+closed his eyes and dozed.
+
+Suddenly through his slumber cut a well-remembered sound: _Ugh!
+Kch-chee-e-e-Arghh! Kch-chee-e-e-Ugh!_ He woke to a moment of
+clear-headedness and the sense of his predicament. It was almost
+sunset; only eight days were left. "My trees, my trees!" he
+quavered, trying weakly to sit up. "I must go and get them."
+
+Instantly the "cool hand" rested on his forehead and, not unkindly,
+he was shoved back on his pillows. "You've been dozing," the voice
+of Mr. Richard Roe explained soothingly. "What's the matter?"
+
+Brokenly, still as in a dream, Schrofft heard his own voice go
+croaking on, speaking ramblingly of trees, always of trees. The
+clump of iron-woods that grow at the corner where the mangroves are
+thickest on the bank, thirty miles up-stream. The twelve huge trees
+that stand up so high and have their tops pleached together. Those
+were the ones; they must be cut without delay. He must start at
+once, because, you see, the _Sarstoon_ would be in on the 18th, and,
+if she didn't get the trees, the monsoon would change. And then her
+voyage would be wasted, and the customer would not have for six more
+months the wood of unique density which he wanted for non-magnetic
+gears, and the House would have to bear the blame, when it was all
+the fault of a fool named Schrofft, who lay around with fever when
+there was work to do.
+
+At a great distance he saw Mr. Richard Roe sitting with crossed legs,
+smoking in long, meditative purr's, and inspecting him narrowly with
+keen, unwavering blue eyes.
+
+"You're a rather game little man," said Mr. Richard Roe approvingly.
+After a long time he spoke again. "Thirty miles up, you say. Is
+there any one around who knows an iron-wood when he sees one?"
+
+There was a new, a compelling quality in the voice, which Schrofft
+had not heard before. "That coward muchacho, that Juan, he knows.
+He has been there with me," said Schrofft.
+
+"And the tools, where are they?" asked the compelling tones.
+
+"In the canoes, all ready," Schrofft answered obediently.
+
+"I can't understand his getting so excited about a few trees," Mr.
+Richard Roe muttered. "_I_ never could. But he's a game little man,
+and if he wants his trees as bad as all this, by Jove, he's got to
+have 'em." He rose lazily, and stood towering above the cot. "It's
+all right, Schrofft. Go to sleep. I'll have your trees here by the
+eighteenth."
+
+"You can't," Schrofft objected sleepily, with the unmalicious
+frankness of one who states a well-established fact. "You're nothing
+but a bum."
+
+"Go to sleep," Mr. Richard Roe repeated soothingly. "Perhaps, since
+there's so much hurry, I'd better start to-night. There's a lovely
+moon now, like a Swiss cheese. Last night it made me think of beer."
+
+"Those trees on the right bank," Schrofft muttered, trying to rise
+once more.
+
+Strong hands pressed him back and held him there. "Schrofft," Mr.
+Richard Roe said slowly and impressively, "pay attention just one
+minute, and then you can go to sleep. When I want anything I go and
+get it, _sabe_? Same as I came here and got grub. Same as I'd go to
+the devil for a drink, when I want _that_. I never happened to want
+trees, but I'll get some for you. Now go to sleep."
+
+Under the spell of the assuring voice and the comforting grip of the
+strong hands on his shoulders, Schrofft's eyelids drooped lower and
+lower, till even the clatter of energetic feet descending the stairs
+did not cause them to flutter.
+
+He must have dreamed still more then, for strange things happened.
+Outside in the village, even in peaceful Bagalayag, a riot rose,
+voices of men angry and protesting, voices of women tearful and
+imploring, voices of children shrill with excitement, and, dominating
+all, a languid, vibrant voice speaking sometimes in English,
+sometimes in Spanish, sometimes in crude but vigorous Bisayan,
+threatening, cajoling, domineering. Gradually all the others died
+away into a murmur of resignation, and then, suddenly, the song of
+the saw stopped with a spluttering drawl not unlike the squawk of a
+frightened hen. "Come along, you chaps," said the masterful voice.
+"Got a job for you other place, _sabe_?"
+
+The response slid in falsetto semitones from a Mongolian tongue.
+"Got plenty worl-luk this side," it said sullenly. "No can do."
+
+"Sure can do," said the master. "Got to do, _sabe_? Come along, you
+beggars, before I tie your pigtails together."
+
+Then gradually all the tumult ceased, and restful quiet enveloped the
+Tin-Roofed House and endured so long that Schrofft craftily opened
+his eyes a crack, and gazed about his chamber. It was quite empty.
+The heavy lids drooped once more, and he fell into a deep, untroubled
+sleep. And as he slept, the cooling sweat bathed his worn body.
+Together, the quinine and the excitement of the day had conquered his
+disease; the fever was broken.
+
+The first impression borne in on Schrofft's consciousness when he
+woke next morning, sufficiently clear in mind, but weak beyond belief
+in body, was that Bagalayag was uncommonly quiet, even for Bagalayag.
+The droning saw was silent; there was no rustle of bare feet on the
+grassy ways, no low murmur of gossip from sleepy tongues, no
+straw-muffled booming of rice mortars, no whine of carabao or shriek
+of wooden axle-boxes as the tuba was brought in from the palm-grove.
+For a moment he lay with an empty mind. Then Memory returned.
+"_Himmel!_" he muttered. "I did not dream it _all_!"
+
+At the sound, a doddering old man rose from the corner and approached
+the cot. "Does the señor want anything?" he asked.
+
+"Where is everybody?" Schrofft demanded. "Where is Juan?"
+
+"They are all gone," the old man replied. "Only I am left behind.
+The Señor Duque took them all."
+
+"The Señor Duque took them all!" Schrofft echoed. Dukes are rare in
+Mindoro.
+
+"Si, señ-o-or. El Duque de la Calle Milochentaitres in America. He
+took them all, the men, the boys, the Chinese pigs who saw; all
+Bagalayag but me--because I am very old. Only I am left, and the
+women and children who hide in the houses to pray. They go to cut
+down trees, all the trees in Mindoro, I think. It is an order from
+Ouashingtone. The Señor Duque says so."
+
+The Duke of 1083rd Street in America! Decidedly, if Schrofft had
+been delirious, all Bagalayag now outdid him in delusion.
+
+"Does the señor want anything?" the old man repeated. "If we had
+guessed that the señor had el Duque de la Calle Milochentaitres for a
+friend, we would not have left him alone to be sick. It was very
+wicked, but the Duque says he will forgive us if we get the trees."
+
+At the mention of trees, Schrofft's lips had contracted. But his
+mind, as unstrung as his body, was at the mercy of every emotional
+catspaw that ruffled it, and the childlike awe and faith in the voice
+of the old man brought a long-forgotten sensation clutching at his
+diaphragm. "We have been very wicked; but the Duke says he will
+forgive us if we get the trees." For all his weakness, Schrofft
+chuckled a little at the audacity of it. An unwonted feeling of
+dependence took hold of the self-reliant little man. He combated it
+feebly. "He cannot do it; he is only a bum," Reason urged. But the
+protest of Reason was purely formal, and triumphant Cheerfulness
+retorted, "He can do anything--when he wishes to."
+
+"What would the señor like for breakfast?" the old man's voice broke
+in. "He may have six little oysters, or two eggs passed through
+water, or a cup of milk with one egg in it, or a very small fish not
+fried--the Duque says to fry is not good for sick ones--but cooked on
+a sharp stick, as He Himself taught me."
+
+Once more Schrofft relaxed in the new and comfortable sense of utter
+dependence. "Oysters," he murmured unctuously, and gave himself up
+to the anticipation of the plump, brassy-flavored morsels which were
+soon to cool his throat. _Deus ex Machina!_ A God from the Machine
+of Things had taken his affairs in hand.
+
+As the days wore on, the words became more than a mere phrase. In
+the long, lazy, roseate hours which a convalescent knows, Schrofft
+thought much, and the well-timed arrival of the mysterious Mr.
+Richard Roe at the crisis of his illness and his fortunes, the
+unbelievable eccentricity of the man, the nonchalant confidence with
+which he had undertaken a task in which he had no part either by
+interest or training, all combined to rouse in Schrofft's mind that
+superstition which is so fundamental an element in all us Aryans.
+The manifestation took the guise of Hero-Worship. An unreasoning
+faith in Mr. Richard Roe got hold of him.
+
+The atmosphere in which he lived strengthened the conviction. Mr.
+Roe was absent only in the body; the power of his masterful
+personality still moulded life and thought in Bagalayag. The
+blear-eyed, tottering attendant he had left for Schrofft, anxious,
+fussy, mentally helpless, had one warrant for all his load of
+troublesome attentions: "The Señor Duque told me to do it."
+
+As Schrofft grew stronger, and strolled out into the village, he
+found its people under the same spell. Women and children had
+gradually stolen out from the shacks; one by one they took up their
+daily occupation; the patter of their anxious prayers was no longer
+one of the street-sounds of Bagalayag; they asked Schrofft
+trustingly, "When will the Duque bring our husbands back?"
+
+And Schrofft answered just as trustingly, "On the eighteenth."
+
+Dimly he felt the thrill of the contrast, saw primeval Nature and the
+lean, sardonic American face each other, and felt no doubt of the
+outcome. Many times, as the slow days passed, he looked away to the
+black mantle of forest which clothed all the land to the south,
+close-fitting and unbroken up to the rough crest of Mount Bagalayag
+itself. "He'll do it," he repeated continually.
+
+And Mr. Richard Roe did do it. On the evening of the seventeenth, a
+shrill clamor of women's voices ran through the town, and their
+owners gathered on the river bank to meet an unwieldy raft that was
+warping in on the brown and sluggish current. The huge sullen logs
+seemed bound to sink, in spite of the bulk of chambered bamboo which
+buoyed them, but standing springily erect on their backs, Mr. Richard
+Roe dominated the raft as he did all things else. When it grounded,
+he swung himself to the shoulders of two of his men and was borne
+triumphantly ashore.
+
+"By Jove, Schrofft," was his greeting, "glad to see you looking that
+way." He flipped a hand behind him, and added casually, "There are
+your trees," and that was all of the little epic of the forest which
+Schrofft ever heard from his lips, except for fragments which he
+tossed out to laugh at. But from the tales which the restored
+husbands and fathers of Bagalayag chattered to their families, he
+gathered a picture of heart-breaking toil and endurance, and
+cheerful, laughing resourcefulness which filled him with a yearning
+admiration for its central figure.
+
+That night, had Mr. Richard Roe so chosen, he might have become
+hereditary lord of Bagalayag in Mindoro, and laughed at the law, the
+Constitution and the flag, schoolhouses, benevolent assimilation, and
+human progress. Like a travel-worn, unshaven monarch, he sat in
+Schrofft's long cane chair, puffing contentedly at Schrofft's
+cherished china pipe, while the unfaithful servant Juan knelt at his
+feet and revived the tarnished glories of the shining boots, and his
+primitive worshippers poured in a stream of tribute, herbs of the
+field and fruits, fish and flesh and fowl, indigestible sweets and
+death-dealing drinks of home manufacture. On all alike he smiled
+kindly yet wearily, with the affable condescension of one who by
+divine right might be severe, yet chooses to be kind. But once his
+smile broadened into feeling.
+
+"You won't find Lame Duck and Gouty Hen bringing me any thanks for
+stringing 'em that way," he remarked to Schrofft, who sat in the
+background, as proud as the mother of one chicken.
+
+"Lame Duck and Gouty Hen?" Schrofft echoed, puzzled.
+
+"My untamed Chinks," the Duke of 1083rd Street explained. "That was
+a stroke of genius, taking them. They did the work, while the
+Filipinos did the kicking. We sawed the trees down, you know--may
+not be the way to do it, but we _did_ it--and we three took turns--"
+
+"Lame Duck and Gouty Hen!" Schrofft spluttered with delight.
+"_Himmel!_ Such names!" Then he became serious. "How can I pay
+you! When you come I say to you, 'I would gif a hundert dollars for
+a man,' and you _are_ a man, the finest I efer--"
+
+"That's all right," said Mr. Richard Roe benevolently. "It was good
+sport. I wouldn't work that hard for money."
+
+"Of course there's the--the other side too--" Schrofft stumbled over
+his words, bashful as a maiden with her lover. "I cannot thank you.
+You save my life, you save my reputation, you--"
+
+"Cut out the thanks, Schrofft," Mr. Roe interrupted, with a touch of
+smiling haughtiness. "I don't like 'em. You'd better be clearing
+out now," the weary monarch added to his thronging admirers. "You're
+nice little brown men enough, but I'm sleepy. _Sigue Dagupan_, the
+whole bunch."
+
+Two mornings later, after breakfast, Herr Schrofft again brought up
+the subject of Mr. Richard Roe's reward. In the intervening day the
+_Sarstoon_ had come and gone with her hard-won load, and Schrofft's
+admiration for his miraculous helper had grown exceedingly. With the
+passion for work still on him, Mr. Richard Roe had been everywhere,
+and everywhere had been effective, on the beach, in the canoes, on
+the _Sarstoon's_ deck and in her hold, even on her bridge.
+
+Mingled with the boundless admiration, was another feeling which
+filled Schrofft with confusion, while it opened a vista to the
+sky-line of his lonely life. Since young Erich Schmidt was killed
+before his eyes, twenty years gone in Africa, he had wanted no
+friend, no bunkie, _kein Kamerad._ But now--Mr. Richard Roe sat
+across his table irresistibly reminiscent of some wandering, _roué_
+god, who needed but a whiff of Olympian air to refreshen his eternal
+youth. Sun and wind and work had erased the signs of dissipated
+strength, sleep had rubbed out the aging lines of work, and now he
+sat in the _sala_ of the Tin-Roofed House lean, brown, and hard, with
+his rumpled yellow hair and trace of yellow beard, and sparkling eyes
+half smiling at Life and Fate--not defiantly or deprecatingly, but
+with the faint amusement one may find in the vagaries of equals one
+knows well.
+
+Mingled emotions made expression difficult for Schrofft, and he gave
+speech its most practical form. "Here is the hundert," he said
+gruffly, and pushed a chunky little bag across. "It don't pay you,
+nothin' efer can--"
+
+"The hundred?" Mr. Richard Roe stared at the bag as if surprised,
+but he drew it to him. "Oh, yes. I'll take it if you like,
+Schrofft, of course. Much obliged." As he weighed it in his hand,
+his eyes darkened suddenly, and the under lids drew tight, as if he
+were gazing at something far away over the blue water which lay
+before him. Almost unconsciously he untied the cord that bound it,
+and a little stream of gold ran chinking out. "Yellow ones," Mr. Roe
+muttered.
+
+"It's not much," Schrofft said apologetically, "but-- What are you
+going to do now?"
+
+Still unconsciously, Mr. Roe's long supple fingers had arranged the
+heap into four little orderly piles, and he was shoving them back and
+forth, like counters in some game. "Four stacks of blue ones," he
+muttered.
+
+"What will you do now?" Schrofft repeated.
+
+"Eh?" said Mr. Richard Roe. "Oh, yes. What'll I do? Well,
+Schrofft, I never bother to plan that out far ahead."
+
+"I'll tell you," said Schrofft, gathering head for a flood of speech,
+"you stay with me. I--I called you a bum once. I take it back.
+You're all right. The quickness to decide, the way to make
+everything do what you want, the good luck, you have it all!"
+
+"If I _did_ have luck," Mr. Roe muttered thoughtfully, "that'd be
+enough to clean out Rafferty's bank. By Jove, I'll do it. I'll play
+the twelve."
+
+"You come with me," Schrofft urged. "You are young, you have had
+your fling; now it's time to settle down. I'll help you, I'll
+be--what-you-call?--the balance w'eel. I teach you all I know, and
+in two three year you'll be the boss of us all. You'll have a chob
+better'n mine."
+
+He hesitated, for Mr. Roe was gazing at him with a whimsical smile.
+"Go ahead, Schrofft," he said. "What kind of a job _is_ yours? What
+do you get out of it?"
+
+"Ten thousand mark a year, und expenses," said Schrofft, uneasy for
+some mockery to come.
+
+"Ten thousand marks! That's twenty-five hundred dollars," Mr. Roe
+commented. "_And_ expenses. That's a lot of money, Schrofft. But I
+live simply; my expenses wouldn't be high enough to make it pay. So
+I'll just go back to Batangas and play the twelve. Twelve trees, you
+know."
+
+Desperately, imploringly, Schrofft argued with him, dangled larger
+and juicier bait before his eyes. "You might be a partner in the
+House!" he cried. But Mr. Roe remained unmoved, even at that
+dazzling prospect, and at last Schrofft lost his temper.
+
+"You are a bum," he shouted angrily. "It's chust what I say before.
+You haf no home, no food, no chob, no money, and--" he finished
+helplessly, "_Mein Gott!_ You do not care!"
+
+"Money could not buy the glorious uncertainty I enjoy," Mr. Roe
+replied pleasantly. "Calm down, Schrofft. I'm going out to tell 'em
+to get a canoe ready for me."
+
+Late that afternoon he left, with his tattered clothing and his
+shining boots and his little bag of gold, and his smile, which he
+shed benignantly on the worshippers who thronged the beach. Only
+three residents of all Bagalayag were missing. Down the street Lame
+Duck and Gouty Hen stolidly made up lost time--_Ugh!
+Kch-chee-e-e-Arghh! Kch-chee-e-e-Ugh!_ And up in the _sala_ of the
+Tin-Roofed House a shaggy little man, his back resolutely turned to
+the window and the leave-taking, puffed savagely at a big china pipe,
+and exploded every now and then: "Chust a bum! A good-for-nothin'
+bum!" But when the sun was gone and all the shadows on the mountain
+had thickened into one, he laid down the pipe and went to the window
+and gazed out long over the darkening sea. "My poor little bum god
+from the machine," he said wistfully. "Now I must forget him."
+
+It was not so easy to forget Mr. Richard Roe. The memory of him
+clung to Schrofft even after his work was done in Mindoro, and he had
+bidden Bagalayag an everlasting farewell. In Manila, Mr. Richard
+Roe's image dogged his busy footsteps, and when at last he climbed
+the side of the _Rosetta Maru_, bound for Hongkong and home, Mr. Roe
+was at the surface of his thoughts. "_Mein Gott!_" Schrofft mused,
+as he leaned on the rail that first night out and saw Bolinao looming
+faintly in the gulf of blackness, far to leeward, "he saved my life,
+and now I leave him in the Philippines."
+
+He leaned there, absorbed in a vision of the companionship which
+could never be, till the last shadow of the islands had faded in the
+night. Then brusquely, as if he awakened himself, he turned forward
+to the smoking-room and the nightcap of rum and lime-juice which was
+his concession to the luxury of rest. "My poor little bum god," he
+muttered, "if he was here, I'd buy him a drink. He's had too many
+drinks already, though, poor deffel."
+
+At the door of the smoking-room he stopped abruptly. "Butterflies,"
+he grunted in disgust, and turned aside to a settee which stood near
+in the shadow, to wait for his drink till they were done. And then,
+suddenly, he leaned forward and gazed into the brightly lighted room,
+for a voice there had set all his nerves aquiver. "_So?_" he
+muttered incredulously. "_Kann nicht sein!_"
+
+Inside the room three men were sitting at a little table with a
+bottle between them, all dressed alike in spotless and unrumpled
+linen. Their likeness ended with their dress. One was a boy, the
+down still soft on his chin, but his cheeks were pasty and he had the
+dead eyes of an evil old man. The second was a flabby man of middle
+age, whose red face was an expressionless mask, from behind which he
+looked out watchfully. And the third, brilliant, flashing, shedding
+a glow of life and strength around him, was Mr. Richard Roe in a new
+guise.
+
+"How'd you clean up over here this time, Billy?" asked the boy in a
+dry, professional tone.
+
+"Well enough," Mr. Richard Roe answered. "Went on my uppers once,
+down in Mindoro."
+
+"I travel on 'em all the time," said the wan youth. "Never saw such
+luck as I have."
+
+"Get a mascot, Mike," Mr. Richard Roe advised mockingly. "That's
+what I did. Finest little mannikin of a mascot the Luck Machine ever
+ground out. Found a little Dutchman down there--down on his luck,
+sick, almost crying for some trees he'd got to cut or lose his job or
+his reputation or something. I got 'em for him. The little beggar
+was so glad he gave me a hundred, and I played it on the twelve at
+Rafferty's--there were twelve trees--and the twelve came. They
+wouldn't let me bet again, so I came up to Manila."
+
+"Hell," said the aged young man apathetically, "what's thirty-six
+hundred? I could cash up that myself."
+
+"And," said the other man, speaking through motionless lips, "the
+lucky devil struck Manila just when that tin-horn Haines had sold a
+mine down Mindanao way. Haines got to working his bellows out to the
+Country Club, wanting to back the wheel, no limit, and Billy took him
+up and played the twelve, and the twelve came up--twice running.
+That's all."
+
+The aged young man stared at Mr. Richard Roe with dropped jaw. "Good
+Lord!"--his voice was an awe-struck whisper--"that's over a million!"
+
+"Considerably over, theoretically," Mr. Richard Roe agreed, smiling
+coolly at the disconcerted young man. "Unfortunately, Mr. Haines
+couldn't cash it all, so I took his notes for everything but a goodly
+number of thou's. You may have the notes if you'd like 'em, Mike.
+I've got all I want. And get a mascot."
+
+The aged young man went off into a stream of oaths. "Where are you
+goin' now, Billy?" he asked at last. "Goin'--home?" His voice
+dropped as he spoke the tabooed word, and for a moment, through the
+lines with which greed and cunning and indulgence had marked him, the
+face of a wistful, heart-sick youngster came out dimly.
+
+"_And_ a wife, _and_ a baby?" said Mr. Roe, smiling whimsically.
+"No, thank you, Mike. I'm going over to Siam and buy a small
+tin-mine. It's a thing I've always wanted. I may breed a line of
+white elephants on the side." Abruptly, as if a sudden thought had
+come to him, he rose and filled the glasses, emptying the bottle.
+"Gentlemen," he cried, holding his glass aloft, "I ask for bottoms
+up. To the Señor Ess-soffti, the prince of mascots. May he live
+long and die busy." The glasses clinked and were emptied. Mr. Roe
+set his on the table. "Good night, gentlemen," he said, and departed.
+
+But his progress was soon interrupted. Blinded by the sudden
+darkness of the deck, he lost his way, and was nearly sent sprawling
+by the legs of a man who sat huddled on a settee, a shabby little
+man, even in the dark. "What the devil," Mr. Roe began, with lofty
+displeasure. He checked himself. "I beg your pardon, I'm sure," he
+said with the elaborate courtesy of one who, having the divine right
+to be insolent, yet chooses to be kind.
+
+Shrinking as at a blow, the shabby little man drew in his legs. Even
+in the gloom the movement had an appealing humbleness about it that
+went to the ready sympathy of Mr. Richard Roe. "It's all right, old
+chap," he said. "No harm done. Good night."
+
+The shabby little man mumbled something inarticulate, and Mr. Roe,
+immaculate, self-sufficient, free from care, strode on and left his
+mascot staring blindly out at the dim, jumbled waters flashing by.
+"What luck!" the mascot mumbled to the waters, after a long time.
+And then again, "What luck!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+MCGENNIS'S PROMOTION
+
+My third adventurer was of still another type, a young man, a boy, if
+you like, who was fresh and unsullied in body and mind and heart,
+with life all before him. The opponents he fought with were all
+inside himself, and of the worth of what he won you shall judge for
+yourselves.
+
+
+Within a minute or two of six o'clock that morning the sun rose, and
+it was broad, staring day. One instant the world was smothered in a
+damp, impenetrable, almost tangible grayness; the next, its nakedness
+lay discovered in a glare of light.
+
+There was a sea of limpid lukewarm water heaving slowly; a ribbon of
+beach, metallic-white; a tangle of untended, unproductive vegetation;
+a village equally untended and unproductive, except of unnecessary
+babies, where listless brown people moved without much purpose, or,
+lacking the ambition even to make a show of activity, lolled where
+they were.
+
+The tropical sun had no magic of half-lights to tinge it all with
+romance or stir it into fugitive beauty. Such as Sicaba was at
+heart, it stood revealed.
+
+When the sun rose, John McGennis rose too, and stood for a moment,
+unshivering in the lukewarm air, to look down on the poverty of his
+town, before he turned to pour water over himself out of an old
+tomato-can.
+
+Like the morning and the sea and the air, the water had no tang in
+it, and McGennis, drying himself slowly and methodically, felt no
+fresher for his bath. When a youthful and well-tempered body fails
+to respond to the caress of sluicing water, there is generally
+something wrong with the mind which inhabits it. There was with the
+mind of McGennis.
+
+The trouble lay outside his window. That compound of staring sky and
+sea and stared-at village which the day revealed had overwhelmed him.
+As mere geological and botanical facts, Sicaba, Pagros, the Tropics,
+had proved too big for him. They made of him just a spot of life,
+meaningless as an ant toiling unendingly in the forest of the
+grass-stems. Tiny dot of intelligence that he found himself, in the
+midst of those triumphant physical forces, McGennis had come to
+wonder whether anything he could do among them mattered much.
+
+Slowly and methodically, as he had bathed, he dressed--right sock,
+left sock, right shoe, left shoe, right puttee, left puttee, put the
+strap twice round, haul it through the buckle and tuck the end back
+neatly--and when he was trim in his khaki and yellow leather he stood
+for a moment with the irresolution of inertia on him. Then he pulled
+his knife from his pocket, strode across to the thick corner-post of
+his room, stooped, and with elaborate care cut a notch in the tough,
+dense wood.
+
+The post, from the upward limit of his reach to well down toward his
+knees, was jagged with such notches lying in groups of seven, six
+side by side, and another cut diagonally across them. They were a
+calendar of more than ordinary significance, in the mind of its
+maker. Each of them represented a day of "Grin, gabble, gobble,"
+each checked off twenty-four hours in which he had stuck by his
+traditions, greeting every comer with that contortion of the lips
+which, conventionally at least, expresses pleasure, eating sufficient
+food to keep his body in repair--McGennis reverenced his body
+unthinkingly as an ancient Greek--and in which he had, both in his
+office and in the primitive society of Sicaba, "waggled his jaw," and
+thereby overcome a growing disposition to speechlessness.
+
+With the fierce enthusiasm of an ascetic, he cut these records,
+ineffaceably deep, on the mornings of the days for which they stood.
+Thus there could be no going back. Staring at him from the
+undecaying wood, they warned him that for one more stretch, at least,
+he must grin, gobble, and gabble, or be a quitter.
+
+They served a more immediately practical purpose also. McGennis had
+found that it was the first grimace, the first nibble at the food his
+Occidental stomach loathed, the first burst of inane chatter, which
+came hard. Once fairly started, the grin became a veritable
+smile--how boyish and appealing he had never guessed--the chatter
+became animated question and answer, and his stomach, more
+fundamentally human than Occidental, found even the food Sicaba
+afforded preferable to emptiness. But somehow the quiet of the
+evenings and the stillness of the long nights and the flatness of the
+dawns brought back continually the question: "What's the use?" and he
+would have his fight to make all over, with his notch.
+
+On this particular morning, he stood for a while staring at the
+jagged post which was at once a cenotaph to his departed days and an
+altar prepared for the sacrifice of days to come. Without counting,
+McGennis knew that his latest notch rounded out a tale of three
+hundred and sixty-five. The possibilities of that one post were not
+exhausted yet, and his house held a dozen other posts, virgin still,
+and smooth. And even if he should endure to notch all the posts in
+all the houses of Sicaba and all the fringing palms along the beach,
+and all the trees in the primeval forest round about, it would result
+in--what?
+
+McGennis had met a man once, down in Bacolot, who made a practice of
+getting as drunk as possible once each month, once and no more. It
+gave one something definite to look forward and back to, and hope for
+and regret, he had explained without embarrassment, and that was an
+achievement for a white man in the tropics. McGennis, staring glumly
+at the record of his featureless year, felt that perhaps that man was
+as reasonable as any other.
+
+Then, impulsively, he stooped again and the knife-blade flashed with
+mimic fierceness as he hacked at his post. When he rose there were
+fourteen new notches in it. He had mortgaged a fortnight of his new
+year. There was no sense in it, very likely, but it was done, and
+irrevocable, and therefore comforting in a way. He stood back, and
+the first smile of the day curled his lips. The fool part of him
+amused the rest, and he turned to the _sala_ and breakfast with some
+cheerfulness.
+
+He was making his last few conscientious pecks at that meal, when the
+Municipal Secretary, exalted and short-winded personage, climbed his
+stairs puffingly and stood blinking in the door. McGennis set his
+cup down and uttered the sound which trustful Sicaba interpreted as
+the outburst of uncontrollable joy.
+
+"Well, Secretario!" he cried, in his atrocious and unfaltering
+Spanish. "You're just in time for chocolate. Milicio!" he shouted
+to his cook.
+
+The Secretary raised a pudgy hand in deprecation, the dignity of an
+official mission being on him. "It iss dhe lattair, Mr. Magheenis,"
+he announced, holding out a crumpled official envelope. "Dhe
+Supervisor Provincial sends it wiv a man to running."
+
+Smiling the contented smile of a fat man whose exertion is over, the
+Secretary sank into a chair and fanned himself with his hat. "_Sena
+muy importante_," he explained more familiarly. "The courier cost
+two _pesos_. I brought it over at once."
+
+"A letter by courier and two _pesos_!" McGennis cried, knowing that
+surprise was expected. "We're getting up in the world. Excuse me if
+I read it, Secretario?"
+
+"With pleasure," the Secretary murmured, but McGennis did not hear
+him. He heard nothing, saw nothing, but those surprising words in
+the crabbed writing of his chief, which changed life in a flash and
+settled that tormenting question once for all.
+
+Twice he read the letter through greedily, before he dropped it to
+stare out through the open window. A kaleidoscopic change had
+overtaken Botany and Geology. The corner of the weedy _plaza_ on
+which his house fronted now lay fresh and clean under the early
+sunshine and the salty breeze. Beyond it rose a grove of
+cocoa-palms, with brown-thatched houses nestled in their shade, and
+between the tall columns of the tree-trunks shot the crisp sparkle of
+the blue Visayan Sea. All at once, even Sicaba was exuberant with
+life, youthful in beauty, friendly. Half noting the change, McGennis
+raced along beside his thronging thoughts.
+
+What the chief said was true. He _had_ thought he was forgotten and
+stranded in Sicaba. Hastily his mind swept back over the dragging
+year he was just finishing. Again he saw himself an enthusiastic
+pilgrim with a work to do. Again he went through the disenchantment;
+felt the vastness and wildness of the Islands, triumphant Geology and
+Botany, burst upon him, reminding him for the first time that even an
+Engineer is only a man at bottom. And once again he felt his
+disappointment in the people, the simple, childlike, obstinately
+pliant folk who listened so interestedly, and opposed the inertia of
+dead centuries to every improvement. How was one to teach them
+anything? And why should a deputy provincial supervisor, placed in
+charge of the roads and bridges and harbors of the whole North Coast,
+with headquarters at Sicaba, try to create roads and harbors and
+bridges to supervise? That had become the question finally.
+
+But he had kept on trying, and now a year was up and he had
+accomplished something, even in hopeless Sicaba. The town was a
+little cleaner for his having lived there. A few people had come to
+trust "America." And there _were_ roads and bridges and harbors, on
+the blue-prints in his office. Perhaps it had paid after all. At
+any rate the people liked him, and he liked them. The fat old
+Secretario, now--
+
+Just then that patient man interrupted him with the most suppressed
+of coughs. "Well, Secretario," said McGennis, rousing, "let's drink
+our chocolate. I must have been dreaming. I hope I haven't kept you
+waiting long?"
+
+"Only a moment," the visitor assured him, though the Deputy
+Supervisor's day-dream had lasted long for any dream, "only a moment.
+I hope," he added, curiosity struggling with courtesy, "that I did
+not bring bad news."
+
+"Bad news!" McGennis beamed on him. "You brought the best little
+old news _you'll_ ever tote. Secretario, if you never promulgate
+worse news than that, you'll boost your circulation a thousand a day.
+It was red news with green edges."
+
+The Secretary could understand the tone, if the words were beyond
+him, and his smile matched McGennis's own. "I could almost believe,"
+he hinted with elephantine archness, "that the Government has
+increased your salary."
+
+"Secretario," said McGennis approvingly, "you hit the truth in the
+eye that time. But that isn't the best of it."
+
+"Ah," said the Secretary promptly, "then you are also to be married."
+
+"Not on your life!" McGennis shouted scornfully. "Not on your life,
+Secretario. They've raised me."
+
+"Raised you," the Secretary murmured uncomprehendingly. Most of
+McGennis's conversation was half incomprehensible to him, and all the
+more entertaining just for that. It brought him into touch with
+words he had never heard of.
+
+"Sure," McGennis repeated. "Raised me. Shoved me up a peg.
+Promoted me."
+
+"Ah, promoted!" said the Secretary, catching at the flying tails of a
+word he knew.
+
+"In the eye again," McGennis applauded. "Secretario," he began
+impressively, smoothing out the crumpled letter, "the Old Man,"--so
+he spoke of his chief, the engineer in charge of the battle with
+Botany and Geology in the two great provinces of _Pagros Oriental y
+Occidental_--"the Old Man has had his eye on me, so he says. And I
+reckon he means it. Yes, sir, the old telescope has had a sight on
+yours respectfully clear up here in Sicaba."
+
+"Yes?" murmured the Secretary, heroically sipping his detestable,
+lukewarm chocolate.
+
+"And he says," McGennis quoted freely, "that I haven't made good so
+worse, and that having watered and weeded the banana tree I shall now
+open my mouth and let something drop therein. And what, Secretario,"
+McGennis demanded excitedly, "_what_ do you suppose is going to drop?"
+
+"Yes," the Secretary agreed placidly, "I comprehend. It is a very
+good idea."
+
+"You bet it is," McGennis shouted. "But you don't comprehend enough
+to notice. Look here, Secretario. You know they're building a road
+up in the Igorrote country, and the Igarooters won't work, and
+they're going to put me in charge of the worst section of it and see
+if I can make 'em work. Will I _make_ them?" he demanded,
+rhetorically. "_Will_ I? I'm sorry for them already yet."
+
+"Yes," murmured the Secretary. "It is a very good idea. I
+comprehend with clearness, and up to a certain point I agree--"
+
+"I don't believe it," said McGennis flatly. "Listen, Secretario.
+I'm going away, _sabe_? No more Sicaba in mine! No more bridges and
+harbors in a cat's eye, but some real live Igaroots and a bunch of
+picks and shovels and a road you can _see_! And _dynamite_! Lord,
+Secretario, you don't know how good it'll seem to hear a real noise
+again, and--"
+
+McGennis stopped suddenly, for something in his words had at last
+penetrated to the Secretary's understanding. Slowly the worthy
+officer put down his cup. Slowly he got to his feet, and over his
+broad, dull face a little procession of emotions made its slow way.
+Jovial interest gave place to surprise, surprise to dismay, and at
+last a heavy hopelessness settled on it. "You go away from Sicaba,
+Magheenis?" he asked. And then he plumped down into his chair again
+and sat there, an embodiment of chuckle-headed woe.
+
+"Lord," said McGennis to himself, looking at his victim contritely,
+"I ought not to have tossed it out at him that way."
+
+It was a relief that just at that moment a white-clad native teacher
+should come to the door of the schoolhouse on the far side of the
+_plaza_ and ring a bell with nervous, insistent strokes. McGennis
+jerked out his watch, and realized that for the first time in Sicaba
+he was late in beginning his day. "Stay as long as you want to,
+Secretario," he called back, rushing for the stairs. The Secretary
+sat motionless, and McGennis, plunging out into the sunshine, felt a
+second pang of contrition for having tossed it out so suddenly.
+
+But his regret was only momentary. Somehow the morning sparkled as
+never morning had outside God's own country, and the Deputy
+Supervisor, pushing across the _plaza_ with long, boyish strides,
+responded to it. "Going away, going away," was the refrain his feet
+patted out. Away from Sicaba, away from isolation and obscurity, out
+to the big, big chance which waited him. And the chief had been
+watching him, canny old Stewart who said so little and saw so much
+with those narrowed gray eyes of his; hard-mouthed Stewart, who
+handled his forces for the overthrow of Botany and Geology, down
+there in Bacolot, as a general handles his troops. And Stewart,
+whose approval was a grunt, had said in so many words that he,
+McGennis, had made good. Truly, it paid to cut your notches and let
+the Stewarts look out for the meaning of them.
+
+His eager, keen face was so bright, as he cut across the angle where
+church and convent wall a corner of the _plaza_, that the men who had
+been puttering there with stones and cement dropped their work to
+sing out cheery "_Maayong agas_" a dozen of them in a volley.
+
+"_Maayong aga, amigos_," returned McGennis, and hesitated. He was
+already late for school, but then school is not one of the duties of
+an engineer in charge of half a province. One of the few duties that
+isn't his, McGennis had thought sometimes. Still, this school of
+Sicaba, in a way--
+
+Somehow McGennis's mind was working in quick flashes, and even as he
+hung there on his heel he saw again just how that school had become
+one of his duties, and laughed grimly to think of it.
+
+There had been a Maestro in Sicaba once, a bespectacled American from
+an East effete beyond words, but chronic indigestion--coupled with a
+coldness in the feet equally chronic, thought McGennis, with light
+scorn--had caused his early departure. And then the school, in the
+hands of four warring native teachers, male and female, had been
+going to the dogs, until McGennis, with his inherent dislike for
+seeing anything go to the dogs uncombatted, had, with a deft jerk of
+the wrist, straightened those four warring pedagogues into their
+collars and kept them there, till a Deputy Superintendent of Schools
+had come riding up from Bacolot to see what was to be done about it.
+McGennis still remembered that trim, slim, innocent-eyed Deputy with
+regretful admiration.
+
+"I reckon," McGennis had remarked, with the impersonal contempt of an
+Engineer speaking to a Teacher, "you'll be sending up another
+glass-eyed Dictionary to snarl 'em all up--"
+
+"I don't know," the Deputy Superintendent had said thoughtfully.
+"You've done surprisingly well with them yourself."
+
+"That," McGennis retorted, with huge sarcasm, "is because I've got
+nothing else to do."
+
+"In that case," the Deputy had said, looking at him with smiling
+innocence, "I'll let you keep the school, just to fill up the time."
+And then, unexpectedly, he had swung to his saddle and flicked a
+spurred heel, and gone galloping away, his big Colt's swinging at his
+trim waist, and left McGennis wrathful yet admiring.
+
+"I say, Mr. McGennis," had been his parting shot, "try to keep their
+accent and vocabulary back as close to the Mississippi as you can,
+won't you?"
+
+Rather than quit, McGennis had taken the school and kept the restive
+teachers in line by counsel and admonition, and had even, when he was
+in town, taught for an hour each morning himself, smiling with lofty
+contempt for his womanish occupation as he revealed to his pupils an
+accent and vocabulary which had never been east of the Missouri. In
+a way it was his school, but the work those men were doing at the
+angle of the _plaza_ was infinitely more his work, and, late or not,
+he swung on his heel for a look at it.
+
+Of all his schemes for the redemption of Sicaba, that culvert and its
+tributary ditches was his pet. It had been a nice problem in
+drainage in a town whose highest ridge rose only a meter above high
+water, and which yet seemed to have an inexhaustible capacity for
+getting wet and staying wetter. The water had lain two feet deep all
+over the _plaza_, the last rains, and a score of men, fathers of
+families, had wrapped their faces in their clammy cotton blankets and
+died stolidly of fever, to say nothing of the women and the babies.
+The babies had been the worst of it. It made him growl out ugly
+curses to see the tiny coffins borne out of the church, two and three
+and four a day, with their tawdry draperies of pink calico draggled
+and beaten by wind and rain. He had made up his mind that it must
+stop. And it was stopped now, if Yankee ingenuity counted for
+anything, McGennis thought, as he looked down at the clean green
+mortar of his culvert.
+
+"Is it good?" the foreman of the masons asked anxiously.
+
+The Deputy Supervisor surveyed the work with puckered brows. "Fine,
+Miguel," he said genially. "Couldn't be better," and the workmen
+smiled at each other like pleased children.
+
+"Two, three, four days, it will be done," Miguel said proudly.
+
+"Great!" cried his ruler. "You're a hustler. You and I've got a
+little Irish in us, I reckon, hey?" And then, chuckling over the
+bewilderment his speech had caused, he resumed his light-hearted way
+to school.
+
+The big, sunny boys' room, where blackboards were fastened
+incongruously and perilously to nipa walls and bright-eyed,
+white-frocked Oriental youngsters sat at American desks when they
+must, and drew their legs up to squat comfortably at other times, was
+very cheerful ordinarily, far and away the homiest place in Sicaba.
+But as McGennis entered, he met a chilly air. For eleven months he
+had been impressing the beauty of punctuality on his charges, and now
+he had his reward. The children stared with round-eyed disapproval.
+The teachers greeted him with frosty courtesy.
+
+With twinkling eyes, McGennis marched to the desk. "I am late," he
+reported meekly, "and--I will let Alejandro Angel name my punishment."
+
+That was an inspiration. The angelic Alexander turned stiff with
+responsibility. "I sink," he announced at last, "we s'all all estay
+after eschool an' Meestair Magheenis s'all tell dhe estory of dhe
+Princesa who wass esleepy." A stir of approval greeted his
+pronouncement. The Sleeping Beauty was dear to the hearts of younger
+Sicaba.
+
+Having made his peace, McGennis passed on to his own little room.
+And there, while detachments advanced to storm under his leadership
+the rough terrain of English speech, he fell to thinking again of his
+wonderful fortune. He would make those Igorrotes work, and he would
+learn all their legends and crafts and games, and they would be his
+people. Just as the people of Sicaba were.
+
+McGennis, glancing down at the long bench where a platoon of his
+people sat with the impishly angelic Alexander at one end--the lower
+one--and the wan-faced village hunchback at the other, felt a sudden
+pang. For the first time he realized that some professional
+pedagogue, some glass-eyed Dictionary, some heavy-handed, solemn
+fellow, might have those boys he had made his. If any one must come,
+he hoped it might be--McGennis ransacked his fancy for the sort of
+man he wanted. And he could not find one! At that he laughed
+outright. "You're getting green-eyed," he said to himself, in
+humorous surprise.
+
+"Teacher, what is green-eye?" demanded the hunchback, and McGennis
+knew that he had spoken his thought.
+
+"Green-eyed means a gazabo that thinks he's It," he explained
+promptly; and "What is gazabo, Teacher?" demanded the tireless
+pursuer after knowledge.
+
+"Time's up," said McGennis laughing. "Rush along the next gang,
+Alejandro, and if I catch you chewing _bunga_ in school again I'll
+wring your neck, _sabe_?"
+
+When the one hour of his unmanly work was done and the last
+detachment had departed, McGennis lingered for a moment in the little
+room, looking out on the _plaza_, and his eyes were very thoughtful,
+almost wistful. "I reckon," he muttered, "a fellow'd hate to leave
+the Hot Place if he'd been there long enough to get acquainted," and
+he seized his hat and hurried over to his office in the big,
+half-ruinous convent which served Sicaba for municipal headquarters.
+His step was not so wholly buoyant as it had been in the morning, and
+the world was not quite so youthfully exuberant. Not that it was
+dead, as he had seen it so often from his window at sunrise. It was
+simply--homelike.
+
+And in his office, too, buoyancy was lacking. Instead of taking up
+the work he had laid aside the night before, and it was work which
+must be finished quickly if he meant to leave his house in order, he
+sat stupidly for a while, and then, half unconsciously, he reached up
+to a shelf and took down some blue-prints of work which could not be
+done for years. Not till all those roads and bridges had some
+habitation more local than a cat's eye. There was the swamp, Manapla
+way, a hundred good square miles of rich black mud where cacao would
+grow like a weed, and only a thousand cubic meters of drainage canal
+were needed, twelve hundred at the outside--
+
+There was the growing bar at the mouth of Cadiz Viejo river. One
+jetty, placed knowingly, would scoop that out, and there was an ideal
+place for a dock--McGennis's short brown hand smoothed the curling
+blue-prints lovingly, as he fell to thinking again of an unescapable
+successor. Whom could Stewart send? There was Haskins. Haskins had
+the education, McGennis admitted reverently, and could draw like a
+ruling-machine and figure like a comptometer. But Haskins couldn't
+make a monkey catch fleas, and the North Coast needed a driver, a
+hard-handed--and yet not too hard. Brown could make 'em hustle all
+right, but he would have a new fight on every day. What the North
+Coast needed was a jollier--like Henry? No, Henry was a good fellow
+all right, but he made things cost like contract work in Frisco, and
+the North Coast was pitifully poor. What it needed was a contriver
+like--like--well, like--
+
+"Oh, hell!" said McGennis profanely. Suddenly he stood very straight
+above his draughting-table, for his door had opened.
+
+The Municipal Secretary and the Municipal Presidente came in. They
+seemed to radiate an air of funerals, and McGennis's boisterous
+greeting died in his throat. The Secretary halted just inside the
+door and stood looking down, a lumpish statue of grief. The
+Presidente, a spare, eager-faced young native, came forward to
+McGennis's table.
+
+"Damn!" said McGennis softly, looking at him.
+
+"Señor Magheenis," said the Presidente, "the Señor Secretario says
+that you will go away. Assure me that he is mistaken."
+
+McGennis started a light answer, and cut it short. "It's true,
+Presidente," he said briefly.
+
+"But," said the Presidente, "where go all our plans which we made
+together? Remember how we talked? You shall teach me how the good
+Presidentes--the Mayors--in America do, and so shall even Sicaba be
+made American also."
+
+"I'm sorry, Presidente," said McGennis, "but you see--"
+
+"I comprehend," said the Presidente. "We are too little, too poor,
+too worthless, to take the strength, the teaching, of a man like
+you--"
+
+"Oh, cut it out!" McGennis begged.
+
+"It is not to be expected, and I do not expect it, now that I
+comprehend." There was a simple and impressive dignity in the little
+Presidente. "But what comes to Sicaba, and to me? Excuse me,
+_Magheenis amigo_. I can not talk more now. Before you go I shall
+see you and thank you, but excuse me now."
+
+"Damn!" said McGennis savagely, looking after the two silent figures
+as they went out. "What right have they got," he demanded sharply of
+Some One, "to expect me to drool away my whole life up here in this
+God-forsaken hole? Here, you," he shouted roughly to the
+man-of-all-work about his office, "get my horse saddled up, quick.
+I've got to ride out and take a look at that cut on the Segovia road."
+
+And so he rode away and escaped a day of unwonted excitement in
+Sicaba as the news spread. People told it to each other as they
+stood in twos and threes before the little _tiendas_, and the greater
+men of the town, gathered in the earthen-floored café, drank cognac
+in unusual and dangerous quantities, three and four thimblefuls, some
+of them; and the school children talked of it, tearfully, and the
+monkeyish little constabulary soldiers in their lime-washed
+barrack--McGennis had given _them_ a touch of that pliant
+mule-driver's wrist of his, once or twice, when their inspector had
+been absent riding along the eighty miles of ladrone-harried coast
+which was his charge.
+
+In all Sicaba only the Municipal Secretary, sitting in his office
+with an unlighted cigar between his pudgy fingers, and the young
+Presidente pacing up and down somewhere in his big house beside
+Sicaba River, did not speak of McGennis's going.
+
+It was toward the end of the afternoon when the Deputy Supervisor
+rode back, himself again. Out there in the open, with the sun and
+wind about him, his brain had cleared. These people had no mortgage
+on his future. It was a wrench breaking old ties, but not to do it
+in this case would be a piece
+of--back-beyond-the-foot-hills--sentimentality.
+
+So when he turned into the first street of the little city and a man
+stepped out from a tienda and asked: "You go away, Señor Magheenis?"
+McGennis, jogging along with a smile on his face, was ready for him.
+"Sure," he said carelessly.
+
+But he was not ready for what followed. For the man put a hand to
+his mouth and called shrilly: "It is true," and from every _tienda_
+down the length of that long street, men and women came out and stood
+looking up at him, silently, sorrowfully, questioningly, as if there
+were something they wanted to understand, and couldn't. Before
+McGennis was half-way to the _plaza_, his smile was a savage grin,
+and he had kicked the big horse into a thundering gallop. And so he
+rode down between the rows of silent people, looking straight ahead.
+
+He had reached the _plaza_, and was swinging his horse for the corner
+where his house was, when the sight of the schoolhouse on the farther
+side checked him. This hour, just before sunset, had come to be the
+one playtime hour of his busy days, and he spent it at the school.
+Not as a teacher, nor among the boys who were his unofficial pupils.
+At the other end of the school from the boys' room was another
+equally big room crowded full of girls, and it was there, oddly
+enough, that McGennis spent the one happy hour when he did not have
+to be a Deputy Supervisor.
+
+Oddly, for, as McGennis put it, he "had no use for skirts." In his
+short, tempestuous life he had seen many good men wasted for love of
+women, and far from being curious at their fate and the causes of it,
+he had drawn back into himself till he regarded the softer half of
+humankind with a suspicion which bordered on hatred.
+
+But there were women of another sort. Tiny things whose little
+clinging fingers could hardly circle one of his stubby ones. Wee
+things of such primal innocence that, as they stood unclad at the
+village wells, with their plump little brown bodies shining in the
+sun, and their wisps of black hair hanging all draggled about their
+faces, while their mothers poured water over them, they looked up
+unabashed if he came riding by, and smiled up friendlily, and lisped
+"Good-a-mornin'."
+
+Of such women McGennis had no fear, and so it had come about, very
+gradually, that after all the others were gone, these little ones
+waited in the big room till McGennis came with a wonderfully colored
+book, and then, with shining eyes and tiny gurgles of excited
+laughter, they closed about him and wormed their warm little selves
+inside his arms and balanced precariously on his shoulders, steadying
+themselves by his hair, and lay piled, a heap of eager heads and
+forgotten arms and legs, on the big table where the book was, while
+the Deputy Supervisor revealed to them the thrilling difference
+between a peach and an apple, and the astonishing unlikeness of
+either to a violet. And any one who had come unseen on McGennis
+then, would hardly have known him for a Deputy Supervisor.
+
+McGennis, at the _plaza_ corner, felt suddenly that these friends of
+his were waiting for him then, and he could not bear to disappoint
+them. So he swung the big horse and galloped across and rolled from
+his saddle at the schoolhouse door and pushed it open and took one
+step inside, and stopped.
+
+For from the benches and the crowded table there rose a wail of
+infantile despair, so shrill and queerly, pipingly minor, so very
+manifestly the outpouring of very tiny broken hearts, that it was
+like a toy wail, almost ludicrous in its imitation of the real thing.
+
+But McGennis did not smile at it. For an instant he stood, and then
+he turned and closed the door with fumbling fingers, and took the few
+steps to his horse stumblingly, and climbed heavily into his saddle,
+and with loose reins rode off to his house and went up to his _ssla_
+and sat down there, looking blindly out on Sicaba.
+
+[Illustration: "_With loose reins rode off to his house._"]
+
+The sunset came, brightened, and faded, and passed away, and night
+shut down over Sicaba, and still he sat there. His muchacho came to
+light a lamp, and McGennis sent him away. Later his cook came,
+speaking authoritatively of dinner, and McGennis sent his cook away,
+too, and sat on in the dark.
+
+At last it was the hour when even Sicaba, for a little while, must
+seem beautiful to the most hostile critic. It is the hour when the
+full power of night descends upon the world, when the wind dies away
+to the merest murmur, and the drone of the surf becomes deep and
+solemn, and the great yellow stars burn very steadily against the
+soft velvet of the sky.
+
+When that hour came, McGennis stirred, and stood up suddenly, and
+laid his hands on the broad sill of his window and looked down at
+Sicaba and up to the stars. "Of course I'm going to stay," he
+muttered impatiently, as if Some One had asked him a question. "But
+it's up to You. You butted into this game, and now You've got to
+play the cards. Pedro," he called, in quite another voice, "bring a
+light."
+
+When the light was brought, he sat down at his table and drew pen and
+paper to him and began to write.
+
+"Donald G. Stewart, C.E.," he wrote, tracing the magic initials with
+reverent care. McGennis would never write C.E. after his own name,
+unless some day he did the big, big thing which would lead a college
+to give him the right, _honoris causa_. He had not the education, he
+knew that.
+
+
+ "DONALD G. STEWART, C.E.
+ "_Supervisor in Charge
+ "Provinces Pagros Oriental y Occidental._
+
+"SIR:--I have the honor to request that I do not be transferred to
+Luzon, because there are some jobs here which are not done yet."
+
+
+His eyes lighted with whimsical amusement as he thought of those
+"jobs"; teaching a presidente how to be straight, teaching brown,
+monkeyish soldiers not to run away, teaching the children--
+
+
+"The fact is, Mr. Stewart," he wrote with less formality, "that I
+cannot leave the school which the Dep. Super. Schools kindly gave me
+to occupy my time. I am the best teacher he has got now, I think.
+You can ask him."
+
+
+Then formality returned:
+
+
+"I have the honor to thank you for the kind words you say about me
+making good. Of course I know they are not so.
+
+ "Very respectfully,
+ "JOHN McGENNIS."
+
+
+"There," said McGennis, looking down thankfully at his completed
+letter, for he hated letter-writing, did McGennis, "I reckon that
+cinches it. When the Old Man reads that, he'll sabe I'm loco enough
+to let alone. Anyway," he added, "Haskins'll never get the chance to
+blow about draining Manapla swamp. Haskins has got the education all
+right, but he couldn't make a bald monkey catch his own fleas."
+
+As he entered his bedroom, holding his chimneyless lamp high that the
+reek of it might not draw into his nostrils, his eye lighted on the
+jagged post in the corner. "Well," said McGennis, looking at it,
+"she's all notched up for a couple of weeks, anyhow. I'm that much
+ahead." The boyish smile curled his firm young lips once more, as
+the fool part of him began to amuse the other parts. And then,
+contentedly, he turned to his canvas cot, with the heavy, blue-gray
+blankets spread upon it.
+
+It is hard and narrow and monkish, that couch which the world
+provides for so many of her fighting men and pioneers, but to
+McGennis it seemed a Place of Rest.
+
+So may they find it, all my far-wandering friends, when to-night they
+stretch themselves on the rasping canvas and draw the honest,
+blue-gray blankets over them.
+
+
+
+
+EPILOGUE
+
+_That is the East which called me with all its old familiar voices,
+with all the glamour and color of its pulsating life. And now,
+having relived that life for an hour, I have come back again to the
+old house which stands so quiet among the frost-bitten New England
+woods and fields where sober-living men are providing cannily against
+the coming winter, in full faith that their precautions will avail,
+that a Great God rules who permits no Little Gods to turn His world
+topsyturvy. I am not sorry to be back. The East for the tasting of
+life, the West for living it._
+
+_I feel, regretfully, as you must have felt accusingly or
+uninterestedly, that these stories are far from pleasant. That is
+because they are true. Each of them was taken raw from Life. The
+people of the mimic dramas you have watched are no puppets of my
+imagination; there is no bit of tragedy or of comedy written here,
+however dingy, that some man or woman has not lived. Whether you
+accept that old heathen man's hypothesis of Little Gods or not, you
+have looked on at Games which were played by Some One, or by blind
+Fate. The East you have seen is the real East, stripped of its
+glamour and its color, a land where nothing is sacred, where there
+are indeed no Ten Commandments--no Commander, it seems sometimes--a
+land of uncertainty and empty Fatalism._
+
+_Better, it seems to me, a little less of zest and color, and a
+little more of ballasting Hope._
+
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Little Gods, by Rowland Thomas
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 59920 ***